Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration No. 333
-259331

PROSPECTUS

$40,000,000

Common Stock

__________________________

We are offering $40,000,000 of shares of our common stock.

Our common stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and quoted on the OTCQX market under the symbol “AUGX.” On October 1, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $6.00 per share. The final public offering price of the shares of common stock in this offering will be determined through negotiation between us and the underwriters in the offering and the recent market price of our common stock used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the final offering price.

In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “AUGX”. Accordingly, we expect our common stock to begin trading on Nasdaq on or around the date of this prospectus, at which point our common stock will cease to be traded on the OTCQX Market.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and a “smaller reporting company” and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

__________________________

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public offering price

 

$

4.00

 

$

40,000,000

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

0.32

 

$

3,200,000

Proceeds to Augmedix, Inc. before expenses

 

$

3.68

 

$

36,800,000

(1)       See the section entitled “Underwriting” for a description of underwriting compensation.

Prior to the date hereof, certain of our existing investors and their affiliated entities, including one or more entities affiliated with Redmile Group, DCM, LifeSci Venture Partners, and McKesson Ventures (each as defined herein) (together, the “cornerstone investors”) have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $8.1 million of our shares in this offering at the public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares to any of the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the cornerstone investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. In addition, Emmanuel Krakaris, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and a member of our board of directors, Sandra Breber, our Chief Operating Officer, and Paul Ginocchio, our Chief Financial Officer, have agreed to purchase in the aggregate $336,000 of our shares in this offering at the public offering price per share and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering.

__________________________

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities nor passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We have granted the underwriters the option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional $6,000,000 of shares of our common stock from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about October 28, 2021.

__________________________

William Blair

B. Riley

     

Maxim Group LLC

Prospectus dated October 25, 2021.

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Summary

 

1

The Offering

 

7

Financial Data

 

9

Risk Factors

 

11

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

36

Market And Industry Data

 

38

Use Of Proceeds

 

39

Dividend Policy

 

40

Capitalization

 

41

Dilution

 

42

Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations

 

43

Business

 

56

Management

 

72

Executive And Director Compensation

 

77

Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions

 

80

Principal Stockholders

 

83

Description Of Capital Stock

 

86

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

 

91

Material U.s. Federal Income Tax Considerations To Non-U.s. Holders

 

93

Underwriting

 

97

Legal Matters

 

104

Experts

 

104

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 

104

Index To Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-1

________________________

“Augmedix,” the Augmedix logo and other trademarks, trade names or service marks of Augmedix, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Augmedix, Inc. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert their rights thereto.

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside the United States.

i

Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Augmedix,” the “company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references in this prospectus refer to Augmedix, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

The medical note documentation burden in the United States is significant and is a major contributor to physician burnout. According to a 2019 study in the Annals of Internal Medicine, physician burnout costs the U.S. healthcare industry $4.6 billion per year due to lost productivity and higher turnover, with the cost of replacing a single physician estimated to be between $100,000 and $1 million. It is also adversely impacting productivity because the time spent by doctors on documentation could be spent on seeing more patients. Our mission is to enable doctors to practice medicine the way they want to by assuming the burden of documentation from them.

Healthcare practitioners in the United States often look to outsourced solutions to handle their documentation. There are various solutions that are marketed to clinicians, which include licensed physicians, nurse practitioners and physicians’ assistants, but not registered nurses. These range in scope from self-serve dictation tools to comprehensive technology-enabled medical note documentation solutions. We are a provider of a comprehensive technology-enabled medical note documentation solution that also provides supplemental clinical support to the U.S. healthcare industry.

Augmedix was incorporated in 2013 and launched its commercial real-time, remote documentation services in 2014. We provide software that is compatible with off-the-shelf mobile client devices (smartphones or Google Glass), which enables clinicians to communicate with our service platform, overseen by remotely located medical documentation specialists (each an “MDS”, and collectively “MDSs”). Our MDSs observe the clinician-patient interaction, through an audio/video stream, and extract the relevant elements of that interaction. Those elements are then used by our proprietary Notebuilder tool to automatically create sentences in the appropriate section of the medical note. Once completed, the medical notes are uploaded into the patient’s chart contained within the electronic health record (“EHR”) system. The EHR system is third-party software licensed by the healthcare clinic or system to manage patient charts.

Patient care in the United States is provided in ambulatory or clinical environments and hospitals. We focus most of our efforts in the ambulatory/clinical segment of the patient care market. Roughly 85% of the physicians who subscribe to our service are employed directly by, or are affiliated with, a healthcare enterprise. The remaining 15% consists of small practices and individual practitioners.

We have generated in excess of five million medical notes since we began offering our service and are currently delivering over 35,000 notes to our customers each week. We estimate that our solution saves doctors two to three hours each day which is time that they can redeploy to see more patients and/or improve their work-life balance. We believe the benefits to healthcare enterprises are increased productivity and higher clinician and patient satisfaction. To date, we provide service to four of the top 10 and six of the top 20 U.S. healthcare enterprises.

The current COVID-19 pandemic and resulting safety protocols have prompted a significant shift towards delivering health services remotely via telemedicine. Our technology platform was designed to enable clinicians to engage our services even when they are conducting virtual patient visits. As such, we are able to continue to provide uninterrupted service to our customers, even when they are unable to see patients in their offices. We believe telemedicine will remain an important part of health services delivery even after the end of the COVID-19 pandemic.

1

Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic has also required modifications to how we deliver our service. While our general business model is to provide MDS service from central operating centers, local shelter in place orders have required us to shift to work-from-home for many of our full-time and contracted employees around the world. We will continue our work from home model until local conditions remove shelter in place orders and employees can safely work from our central operations centers. We instituted additional system controls to ensure compliance with our privacy practices.

Our technology vision is to automate as much of the medical note creation process as possible by applying an approach we refer to as “Intelligent Automation.” While the unstructured nature of a conversation between physician and patient creates limitations on how much note creation can ultimately be automated, we believe automation, even if partial, could generate significant benefits including improved operating efficiencies, higher-quality medical notes, and a more uniform level of note quality.

Our Intelligent Automation approach toward achieving note automation is different than that being pursued by other participants in our industry. Our approach is based upon our belief that technicians will be a necessary part of the note creation process for a long time. We use widely available technology today to mine our data sets and help us build the models needed to enable automation. However, we use such technology to build tools that our MDSs can use to automate some of the principal tasks in the note creation process rather than attempt to build self-serve software designed for use directly by physicians.

Our Industry

Accurate medical records are indispensable to ongoing patient care. The cornerstone of any medical record system is proper recording of a patient’s examination as it occurs. Pen and paper, either in the hands of a physician or an in-person documentation specialist, have been the traditional method of producing medical notes, but in the hands of a caregiver, this method can be both time consuming and subject to subsequent misinterpretation due to illegibility or other factors. Misinterpretation of the information actually recorded can lead to confusion regarding the patient’s condition and/or clinician services provided. Further, there has been a significant increase in the volume of medical information required as well as an increase in the number of recipients due to implementation of electronic medical records, “meaningful use” regulation, and the Health Insurance Privacy and Portability Act, or HIPAA, regulated access to patients.

The advent of computerized record systems that are now an integral part of the healthcare landscape as a result of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH”) has ushered in a new era of record keeping in which medical records are stored as electronic text and data that enhances legibility and has the potential to be more thorough. Furthermore, computerized record systems can be instantly accessed by numerous practitioners at the same time, which has enabled medical practitioners to instantly share medical records with each other for mutually served patients.

The enormous resources expended on medical documentation has burdened the healthcare industry and caused many organizations, as well as individual practitioners, to look towards outsourcing solutions. Existing EHR medical record systems are generally cumbersome for practitioners to use due to their highly structured nature and regimented user interfaces, which can restrict data entry and be quite time consuming. For example, ordering a single flu shot using these systems can take up to 32 clicks to complete. Today, we estimate that up to one-third of a doctor’s day is consumed by the required and complex interactions with the EHR. This can lead to many physicians authoring their notes hours or days after the actual patient visit. Physicians also need to invest significant time to familiarize themselves with the EHR whenever a new EHR is adopted or whenever an update to an existing EHR is introduced. These issues are compounded by the fragmented nature of the EHR space, with over 700 different EHRs available in the United States, the largest of which are Epic, Cerner, Allscripts, and Athena.

The COVID-19 pandemic is placing even more pressure on healthcare systems by compelling organizations to radically change patient care protocols to ensure patient and care team safety. One of the changes having a profound effect on the documentation sector is the shift towards telehealth. Technology available today is enabling effective clinician-patient interactions conducted remotely, which had previously not been possible. We expect telehealth to remain a key component of the U.S. healthcare delivery system even after the current COVID-19 pandemic.

2

Table of Contents

The principal legacy tools and solutions (manual, or existing EHR solutions) are not ideally suited to the changing U.S. healthcare landscape. Automated dictation tools have evolved such that they convert speech to text with minimal errors, however, they demand a great deal of the clinician’s time to convert the relevant aspects of their interactions with patients into a cogent, accurate, and comprehensive medical note. The in-person documentation specialist, one of the most prevalent out-sourced solutions, has been severely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, which reduced the ability for such personnel to be physically present at the point of care delivery.

Our Opportunity

We believe that we have the opportunity to serve the ambulatory/clinical segment of the U.S. patient care services market with solutions that address medical note documentation needs. Our solutions cater to large and small healthcare organizations but can also be adopted by individual practitioners. There are approximately 1.1 million physicians in the United States and approximately 88% of these, or 980,000, work within the specialties that we currently cover. Of these, approximately 30%, or 295,000 (who manage approximately 1.2 billion patient visits annually), fall within the productivity parameters we establish as the best prospects for realizing the highest customer return on investment (“ROI”). Using our average current subscription price of $1,800 per doctor per month, we believe that our total addressable market in the United States is approximately $6.0 billion annually.

Our existing customers employ directly, or are affiliated with, approximately 200,000 physicians. Applying similar ratios across the industry yields a total of roughly 50,000 addressable physicians, providing us with an expansion opportunity of roughly $1.0 billion in annual revenue.

In addition to physicians who work in the ambulatory or clinical setting of healthcare centers, there are approximately 57,000 emergency department physicians in the United States today. We are currently rolling out our emergency department offering, which had been successfully tested during the second half of 2020 at a hospital in California. Penetration of this segment would increase the size of our total addressable market significantly.

Recent Developments

Preliminary Operating Results for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2021 and Estimated Financial Condition Information as of September 30, 2021

Preliminary operating results for the quarter ended September 30, 2021 and certain preliminary financial condition information as of September 30, 2021 are as follows:

• Clinicians in service as of September 30, 2021 were 834, up 51% compared to 551 clinicians in service as of September 30, 2020. Due to the strong bookings momentum achieved in the third quarter of 2021, and particularly in September, we expect growth in Clinicians in Service to accelerate into the fourth quarter of 2021.

• Preliminary third quarter 2021 total revenue is expected to increase approximately 9% over the second quarter of 2021. This compares to 8.0% quarter-over-quarter growth in the second quarter of 2021 and 5.4% quarter-over-quarter growth in the first quarter of 2021. Revenue grew approximately 33% in the third quarter of 2021 compared to the third quarter of 2020.

• Preliminary third quarter 2021 gross margin is expected to decrease by approximately 20 basis points from the non-GAAP 45.0% reported in the second quarter of 2021. GAAP gross margin of 46.6% in the second quarter of 2021 included a 160 bps benefit from a write-off of a provision related to the prior office lease. Augmedix had a 44.2% gross margin in the third quarter of 2020.

• Preliminary Net Loss for the third quarter of 2021 is expected to be in the range of -$2.8 million to -$3.2 million, including other income of $2.19 million related to the forgiveness of our Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loan.

3

Table of Contents

The above information is preliminary financial information for the third quarter of 2021 and subject to completion. The unaudited, estimated results for the third quarter of 2021 are preliminary and were prepared by our management, based upon our estimates, a number of assumptions and currently available information, and are subject to revision based upon, among other things, quarter-end closing procedures and/or adjustments, the completion of our interim consolidated financial statements and other operational procedures. This preliminary financial information is the responsibility of management and has been prepared in good faith on a consistent basis with prior periods. However, we have not completed our financial closing procedures for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, and our actual results could be materially different from this preliminary financial information, which preliminary information should not be regarded as a representation by us, our management, or the underwriters as to our actual results for quarter ended September 30, 2021. In addition, Frank, Rimmerman + Co. LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited, reviewed, compiled, or performed any procedures with respect to this preliminary financial information and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to this preliminary financial information. During the course of the preparation of our financial statements and related notes as of and for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, we may identify items that would require us to make material adjustments to this preliminary financial information. As a result, prospective investors should exercise caution in relying on this information and should not draw any inferences from this information. This preliminary financial information should not be viewed as a substitute for full financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and reviewed by our auditors. See the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our financial statements and related notes as of and for the quarter ended September 30, 2021 may not be filed with the SEC until after this offering is completed. We expect to file our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q including our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2021 on or about November 15, 2021.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

Our ability to implement our current business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors”. These risks include, among others, the following:

• We have incurred significant losses in the past and will likely experience losses in the future.

• We have outstanding debt obligations that exceed our cash reserves, and we may be unable to find additional sources of capital to fund our operations.

• Our sales are concentrated in a small number of customers.

• We depend on a limited number of MDS Vendors, and if we are unable to secure services from them, or the services they provide are inadequate, our business and operating results could be harmed.

• We depend on a number of technology providers, and if we are unable to source solutions from them then our business and operating results could be harmed.

• Our solution depends on our ability to operate within the EHR systems of our customers, and if we are unable to access these systems then our operations and business and operating results could be harmed.

• Our significant international operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our business results of operations and financial condition.

• If we fail to successfully develop and introduce new solutions and features to existing solutions, our revenues, operating results and reputation could suffer.

4

Table of Contents

• Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken certain precautions to keep our MDSs and employees safe that could harm our business.

• We may not be able to keep pace with changes in technology or provide timely enhancements to our products and services.

• Any failure to offer high-quality customer support for our platform may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our financial results.

• If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be harmed.

• We are subject to various state, federal and foreign laws and regulations, including healthcare, fraud and abuse laws and regulations that may impact our business and could subject us to significant fines and penalties or other negative consequences.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware as Malo Holdings Corporation on December 27, 2018. On October 5, 2020, August Acquisition Corp. merged (the “Merger”) with and into Augmedix. Following the Merger, Augmedix was the surviving entity and became our wholly owned subsidiary, and all of the outstanding shares of common and preferred stock of Augmedix were converted into shares of our common stock. The business of Augmedix became our business as a result of the Merger. Following the consummation of the Merger, Augmedix changed its name to “Augmedix Operating Corporation.” Immediately after completion of the Merger, we changed our name to “Augmedix, Inc.”

Our principal executive offices are located at 111 Sutter Street, Suite 1300, San Francisco, CA 94104. Our telephone number is (888) 669-4885. Our website address is www.augmedix.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this Report. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website shall not be deemed incorporated into and is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

• We will present in this prospectus only two years of audited consolidated financial statements, plus unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

• We will avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

• We will provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

• We will not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

5

Table of Contents

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and therefore we will not be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from our competitors that are public companies or other public companies in which you hold stock.

6

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

 

10,000,000 shares (or 11,500,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

Option to purchase additional shares

 

The underwriters have been granted an option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of common stock from us at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

37,151,665 shares (or 38,651,665 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Use of proceeds

 

The net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $35,947,000 (or approximately $41,467,000 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund increased investment in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative costs as the company increases its scale. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Indications of Interest

 

Prior to the date hereof, the cornerstone investors have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $8.1 million of our shares in this offering at the public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares to any of the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the cornerstone investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. In addition, Emmanuel Krakaris, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and a member of our board of directors, Sandra Breber, our Chief Operating Officer, and Paul Ginocchio, our Chief Financial Officer, have agreed to purchase in the aggregate $336,000 of our shares in this offering at the public offering price per share and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering.

Risk factors

 

You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors to consider carefully, together with all the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Nasdaq symbol

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AUGX”.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding is based on an aggregate of 27,151,665 shares outstanding as of September 29, 2021, and excludes:

• 6,178,556 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our Augmedix Plan, with an average exercise price of $1.68 per share;

• Stock appreciation rights to purchase 367,552 shares of common stock under our Augmedix Plan, with an average exercise price of $1.94 per share;

• 3,333,791 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding, with an exercise price of $2.92 per share; and

• 474,050 shares of common stock available for future issuance under the Augmedix, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”).

7

Table of Contents

Listing on Nasdaq

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCQX Market. In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “AUGX”. Accordingly, we expect our common stock to begin trading on Nasdaq on or around the date of this prospectus, at which point our common stock will cease to be traded on the OTCQX Market.

8

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheet data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of our expected results for the year ending December 31, 2021. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Statement of Operations Data
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

Six months ended
June 30,

   

2019

 

2020

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

2021
(unaudited)

Revenues

 

$

14,108

 

 

$

16,483

 

 

 

7,695

 

 

 

9,963

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

9,429

 

 

 

9,689

 

 

 

4,785

 

 

 

5,426

 

Gross profit

 

 

4,679

 

 

 

6,794

 

 

 

2,910

 

 

 

4,537

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

10,861

 

 

 

11,567

 

 

 

5,144

 

 

 

6,749

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

3,583

 

 

 

4,398

 

 

 

2,058

 

 

 

3,302

 

Research and development

 

 

6,977

 

 

 

4,522

 

 

 

2,476

 

 

 

2,925

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

21,421

 

 

 

20,487

 

 

 

9,678

 

 

 

12,976

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(16,742

)

 

 

(13,693

)

 

 

(6,768

)

 

 

(8,439

)

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(2,812

)

 

 

(1,453

)

 

 

(795

)

 

 

(1,296

)

Interest income

 

 

6

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

(469

)

 

 

(137

)

 

 

187

 

Total other income (expenses), net

 

 

(1,756

)

 

 

(1,911

)

 

 

(929

)

 

 

(1,102

)

Net loss

 

 

(18,498

)

 

 

(15,604

)

 

 

(7,697

)

 

 

(9,541

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation adjustment

 

 

7

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

3

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(18,491

)

 

$

(15,614

)

 

 

(7,709

)

 

 

(9,538

)

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

 

$

(22.24

)

 

$

(2.22

)

 

$

(9.21

)

 

$

(0.35

)

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

831,590

 

 

 

7,033,670

 

 

 

835,313

 

 

 

26,941,215

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

 

$

(1.71

)

 

$

(0.92

)

 

$

(0.71

)

 

$

(0.26

)

Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

 

$

10,831,590

 

 

$

17,033,670

 

 

$

10,835,313

 

 

$

36,941,215

 

____________

(1) Gives effect to the sale of 10,000,000 shares of common stock by us in this offering at the public offering price of $4.00 per share and the expected use of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

9

Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Data
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

As of
December 31,
2020

 

As of
June 30,
2021
(unaudited)

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

20,762

 

 

$

16,353

 

Restricted cash

 

 

2,211

 

 

 

125

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9,882 and $9,882 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

 

 

2,693

 

 

 

3,775

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

1,457

 

Total current assets

 

 

26,770

 

 

 

21,710

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

992

 

 

 

964

 

Restricted cash, non-current

 

 

 

 

 

207

 

Deposits

 

 

173

 

 

 

69

 

Total assets

 

 

27,935

 

 

 

22,950

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable, current portion

 

 

2,894

 

 

 

 

Subordinated note payable, current portion

 

 

3,719

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

259

 

 

 

1,221

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

3,109

 

 

 

2,826

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

5,439

 

 

 

5,885

 

Customer deposits

 

 

1,053

 

 

 

747

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

16,473

 

 

 

10,679

 

Note payable, net of current portion

 

 

2,180

 

 

 

2,180

 

Subordinated note payable, net of current portion

 

 

6,158

 

 

 

 

Loan payable

 

 

 

 

 

14,529

 

Deferred rent, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

Total liabilities

 

 

24,811

 

 

 

27,642

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 26,859,850 and 27,110,934 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

87,051

 

 

 

88,773

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(83,878

)

 

 

(93,419

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(49

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

3,124

 

 

 

(4,692

)

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

27,935

 

 

$

22,950

 

10

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Many of the following risks and uncertainties are, and will be, exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic and any worsening of the global business and economic environment as a result. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

We have incurred significant losses in the past and will experience losses in the future.

We have incurred significant losses in the past and recorded a net loss of $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, $18.5 million for the year ended December 2019 and $9.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. As of June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $93.4 million. If we cannot make consistent progress toward future profitability, our business and our stock price may be adversely affected.

Our ability to be profitable in the future depends upon continued demand for our solutions from existing and new customers. Further adoption of our solutions depends upon our ability to improve the quality of our products, enhance clinician and physician satisfaction and increase efficiency and productivity. In addition, our profitability will be affected by, among other things, our ability to execute on our business strategy, the timing and size of contracts, the pricing and costs of our solutions, competitive offerings, macroeconomic conditions affecting the healthcare industry, the COVID-19 pandemic, and the extent to which we invest in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative resources.

We may not have sufficient cash available to make interest or principal payments on our indebtedness when due, and we may be unable to find additional sources of capital to fund our operations.

On March 25, 2021, we entered into a $15.0 million senior term loan under a Loan and Security Agreement, with Eastward Fund Management, LLC (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement”), the proceeds of which were used, in part, to pay off our obligations under our previous loan and security agreements with Comerica Bank and Trinity Capital Fund III, L.P. The principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement is to be repaid in thirty consecutive equal monthly installments starting the 19th month after funding. Although the Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement provides that we may also request an additional advance of $2.0 million in November 2021 if certain financial milestones are met, we do not believe that we will meet such financial milestones to receive this additional advance.

As of June 30, 2021, we also had a $2.2 million “Paycheck Protection Program” loan under the Promissory Note, dated as of April 11, 2020, with East West Bank (the “PPP Loan”). We submitted our loan forgiveness application in November 2020 in accordance with the current federal guidelines for the forgiveness of such loans, and we received notification that the full amount of the PPP Loan and accrued interest was forgiven on August 9, 2021.

Our cash and restricted cash balance stood at $16.7 million on June 30, 2021. However, as we currently do not generate positive cash flow from operations, we cannot guarantee that we will have sufficient cash available to service our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement when due. If we do not have sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we will need to refinance our debt obligations or raise additional funding. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional funding or refinance our existing debt on favorable terms, or at all.

11

Table of Contents

Our sales have been concentrated in a small number of customers.

Our revenues have been concentrated in a relatively small number of large customers, and we have historically derived a significant percentage of our total revenues from a few customers. For fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our two largest customers accounted for 48% and 43%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our three largest customers accounted for 59% of our consolidated revenues. If one or more customers terminate all or any portion of an agreement, or if we fail to procure additional commitments with these or similarly significant customers, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We expect that we will continue to depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant portion of our total revenues for the foreseeable future. The loss of any of these customers or groups of customers for any reason, or a change of relationship with any of our key customers could cause a material decrease in our total revenues.

Additionally, mergers or consolidations among our customers in the healthcare industry could reduce the number of our customers and could adversely affect our revenues and sales. In particular, if our customers are acquired by entities that are not also our customers, that do not use our solutions or that have more favorable contract terms and choose to discontinue, reduce or change the terms of their use of our solutions, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on a limited number of MDS Vendors, and if we are unable to secure services from them, or the services they provide are inadequate, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We depend on a limited number of MDS Vendors in India and Sri Lanka who provide, manage and supervise a significant proportion of the MDSs we depend upon for our business. Any interruption in our relationship with any of these MDS Vendors could cause interruptions or delays in the delivery of our solutions to our customers, and this may force us to seek services from alternative sources, either externally or internally, which may not have the required specifications, or be available in time to meet demand or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, any disruption in the ability of our MDS Vendors to secure services from MDSs could disrupt our offering.

Our medical note documentation business relies on the deployment of MDSs through MDS Vendors. The failure to achieve and maintain high-quality standards, including high accuracy of medical notes, reduction in errors that may cause harm to patients and avoidance of delays in the delivery of medical notes, could seriously hurt our business. If our MDS Vendors fail to provide high quality services, we may incur additional costs and loss of revenues and harm to our reputation.

Our MDSs observe the clinician-patient interaction through an audio/video stream and extract the relevant elements of that interaction to create the medical notes that are then uploaded into the patient’s chart contained within the EHR system. We have limited control over the MDSs employed by our MDS Vendors and any significant interruption in the operation of the facilities where they are employed, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or to manage these expansions or upgrades, or a failure of our MDS Vendors to handle higher volumes of use or train new personnel adequately, could reduce our ability to provide services, which could result in cancelled sales, loss of revenues and damage to our brand and reputation.

While we endeavor to ensure that our MDS Vendors and their MDSs comply with all of our corporate policies and practices, including privacy and data security practices, we have a limited ability to monitor and ensure compliance. If a Vendor deviates from these policies, our reputation with our customers may be harmed and we may incur liability from our customers or governmental agencies.

Currently, many of the MDSs employed by our MDS Vendors and forced us to work from home due to ongoing shelter-in-place orders due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The productivity of our MDSs may suffer as they adapt to these new environments and our ability to ensure compliance with our privacy and data security policies is more limited than in our MDS Operations Centers. This shift has also required additional IT resources for both us and our MDS Vendors and has made the training of MDSs remote, and therefore more resource intensive. Any of these circumstances may also force us to redesign our solutions.

12

Table of Contents

During the first half of 2020, we shifted to a new payment arrangement with our MDS Vendors. This payment arrangement represents a substantial change from the previous model that operated prior to the first half of 2020 wherein MDS Vendors charged us additional flat fees for each MDS passing our training and certification requirements. Under the new arrangement, effective for all MDS Vendors, the hourly rate paid to each Vendor for recently trained MDSs incorporates the amortized cost of training and certifications. This new model improves cash flow but may put downward pressure on gross margins as the proportion of recent trainees increases. If this arrangement proves unsatisfactory to us or our MDS Vendors, we may need to modify these arrangements, which may impact the availability or productivity of our MDSs and may ultimately adversely impact our business.

We depend on a number of technology providers, and if we are unable to source solutions from them then our business and operating results could be harmed.

Our solutions incorporate multiple software components obtained from licensors on a non-exclusive basis, such as customer relations management software and database and reporting software. Our license agreements can be terminated for cause. In many cases, these license agreements specify a limited term and are only renewable beyond that term with the consent of the licensor. If a licensor terminates a license agreement for cause, objects to its renewal or conditions renewal on modified terms and conditions, we may be unable to obtain licenses for equivalent software components on reasonable terms and conditions, including licensing fees, warranties or protection from infringement claims. Some licensors may discontinue licensing their software to us or support of the software version used in our solutions. In such circumstances, we may need to redesign our solutions with substantial cost and time investment to incorporate alternative software components or be subject to higher royalty costs. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect the cost and availability of our solutions.

Our solution depends on our ability to operate within the EHR systems of our customers, and if we are unable to access these systems then our operations and business and operating results could be harmed.

Our MDSs observe the clinician-patient interaction, through an audio/video stream, and extract the relevant elements of that interaction to create the medical notes that are then uploaded into the patient’s chart contained within the EHR system employed by our customers. While over 700 different EHRs are available in the United States, the largest providers are Epic, Cerner, Allscripts and Athena. Any interruption in our ability to access our customer’s EHR systems, either due to software bugs, outages or changes in EHR licenses or policies, could interfere with our ability to update patient records. For example, in 2020, Epic instituted a privacy and security policy change which restricted the ability of non-U.S. vendors from accessing the EHR system for certain of Epic’s health system customers unless grandfathered. While we were unaffected by this policy change for current customers, this change could affect our ability to serve future customers with our foreign-based MDSs and consequently such EHR policy changes may affect our operations.

Our significant international operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our business results of operations and financial condition.

We have significant international operations, including in emerging markets such as Bangladesh, India and Sri Lanka, and we are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 75% of our employees were in Bangladesh, where we provide service for a significant number of our clinicians, development activities and various support services. As of June 30, 2021, Bangladesh served 34% of our clinicians on a full-time equivalent basis. The other clinicians were served out of India (57%) and Sri Lanka (4%).

Our strategy to diversify geographical risk by operating out of several operating centers located in various cities throughout Asia may fail due to our inability to navigate the challenge of international operations. Operating in international markets, and particularly South Asia, requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks and competition that are different from those in the United States. We cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful or that returns on such investments will be achieved in the future. In addition, our international operations may fail to succeed due to other risks inherent in operating businesses internationally, including:

• difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations;

• anti-bribery or corruption compliance by us or our partners;

13

Table of Contents

• the potential diversion of management’s attention to oversee and direct operations that are geographically distant from our U.S. headquarters;

• compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;

• legal systems in which our ability to enforce and protect our rights may be different or less effective than in the United States and in which the ultimate result of dispute resolution is more difficult to predict;

• differences in workplace cultures;

• unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

• our ability to comply with differing technical and certification requirements outside the United States;

• more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

• adverse tax consequences, including as a result of transfer pricing adjustments involving our foreign operations;

• fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and

• new and different sources of competition.

Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our existing and future international operations and seriously impair our overall business.

If we fail to successfully develop and introduce new solutions and features to existing solutions, our revenues, operating results and reputation could suffer.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to develop and introduce new solutions and to add features to existing solutions that meet existing and new customer requirements. We may not be able to develop and introduce new solutions or features on a timely basis or in response to customers’ changing requirements. Similarly, our new solutions and features, including our investments in employing artificial intelligence/machine learning (“AI/ML”) in Notebuilder, use of new streaming technology solutions, introduction of new service features, use of new hardware devices and enhanced EHR system integration efforts, may not sufficiently differentiate us from competing solutions such that customers can justify deploying our solutions. If we encounter setbacks in our efforts to employ AI/ML and other intelligence automation tools to increase the rate at which our MDSs convert unstructured data into structured data in the process of creating medical notes, our business may suffer. We expect to incur costs associated with the development and introduction of new solutions before the anticipated benefits or the returns are realized, if at all. We may experience technical problems and additional costs as we introduce new features to our platform and service and the productivity and satisfaction of physicians and clinicians could decrease, which might result in decreased use of our Live and Notes solutions. If any of these problems were to arise, our revenues, operating results and reputation could suffer.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken certain precautions to keep our MDSs and employees safe that could harm our business.

In light of the uncertain and evolving situation relating the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic and in compliance with shelter-in-place orders and other government executive orders that direct all non-essential businesses to close their physical operations, we have taken measures intended to help minimize the risk of transmitting the virus to our employees, our customers and the communities in which we participate, which could negatively impact our business. These measures include temporarily requiring all non-essential employees to work remotely, suspending all non-essential travel worldwide for our employees, canceling, postponing or holding virtually Company-sponsored events and discouraging employee attendance at industry events and in-person work-related meetings. While we have a distributed workforce and our employees are accustomed to working

14

Table of Contents

remotely or working with other remote employees, our workforce is not fully remote. Under normal conditions, our employees travel frequently to establish and maintain relationships with one another and with our customers, partners and investors. Further, most of our U.S.-based and internationally based MDSs have shifted to remote working which may have an adverse impact on our business due to decreased morale among MDSs, increased strain on IT systems, increased difficulty in ensuring compliance with our data security and compliance policies, and increased difficulty in the training, development and recruitment of new MDSs. Our ability to service our customers with MDSs working remotely is contingent upon the consent of our customers, which some customers may not provide. Although we continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our policies as more information and guidance become available, temporarily suspending travel and doing business in-person could negatively impact our marketing efforts, our ability to enter into customer contracts in a timely manner, our international expansion efforts, our ability to recruit employees across the organization and in sales and marketing, in particular, which could have longer term effects on our sales pipeline or create operational or other challenges as we adjust to a fully remote workforce for the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, any of which could harm our business. Our management team has, and will likely continue, to spend significant time, attention and resources monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic and seeking to manage its effects on our business and workforce. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and our precautionary measures may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

We may not be able to keep pace with changes in technology or provide timely enhancements to our products and services.

The market for our products is characterized by rapid technological advancements, changes in customer requirements, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and changing industry standards. To maintain our growth strategy, we must adapt and respond to technological advances and technological requirements of our customers. Our future success will depend on our ability to: enhance our current products, including Notes and Live; introduce new products in order to keep pace with products offered by our competitors; enhance capabilities, including efforts to increase MDS efficiency through improvements to our automation tools; increase the performance of our internal systems, particularly our systems that meet our customers’ requirements and integration with their EHR systems; and adapt to technological advancements and changing industry and regulatory standards for privacy and the management of EHR systems. We continue to make significant investments related to the development of new technology. If our systems become outdated, it may negatively impact our ability to meet performance expectations related to quality, time to market, cost and innovation relative to our competitors. The failure to increase efficiency for healthcare enterprises and improve patient and clinician satisfaction may adversely impact our business and operating results. The failure to continually develop enhancements and use of technologies such as AI/ML, use of new streaming technology solutions, advancements in hardware devices for MDSs and clinicians and enhanced EHR systems integration efforts may impact our ability to increase the efficiency of, and reduce costs associated with, operational risk management and compliance activities.

Any failure to offer high-quality customer support for our platform may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our financial results.

Once our solutions are implemented, our customers use our support organization to resolve technical issues relating to our solutions. In addition, we also believe that our success in selling our solutions is highly dependent on our business reputation and on favorable recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to maintain existing customers or sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could also increase costs and adversely affect our operating results.

15

Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be harmed.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. If any of our key employees were to leave, we could face substantial difficulty in hiring qualified successors and could experience a loss in productivity while any successor obtains the necessary training and experience. Although we have arrangements with some of our executive officers designed to promote retention, our employment relationships are generally at-will and we have had key employees leave in the past. We cannot assure you that one or more key employees will not leave in the future. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers and other skilled information technology, marketing, sales and operations professionals, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the professionals we need. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and difficulty in retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. In particular, we have experienced a competitive hiring environment in the Greater San Francisco Bay Area, where we are headquartered. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we do. In addition, in making employment decisions job candidates often consider the value of the equity incentives they are to receive in connection with their employment. We and our MDS Vendors also face increasing competition in the recruitment of MDSs in the United States, Bangladesh, India and Sri Lanka, both from competitors and other opportunities emerging for those with our MDSs’ skillset. If we and our MDS Vendors experience difficulty in recruiting and retaining MDSs, our business may be adversely affected. If the price of our stock declines, or experiences significant volatility, our ability to attract or retain key employees will be adversely affected. We intend to continue to hire additional highly qualified personnel, including research and development and operational personnel, but may not be able to attract, assimilate or retain qualified personnel in the future. Any failure to attract, integrate, motivate and retain these employees could harm our business.

Our revenues and operating results have fluctuated, and are likely to continue to fluctuate, making our quarterly results difficult to predict, which may cause us to miss analyst expectations and may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our operating results have been and may continue to be difficult to predict, even in the near term, and are likely to fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control.

Comparisons of our revenues and operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. Each of the following factors, among others, could cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter:

• the financial health of our healthcare customers and budgetary constraints on their ability to outsource medical note documentation;

• the availability of government funding for healthcare facilities operated by the U.S. federal, state and local governments;

• occurrence of health epidemics or contagious diseases, such as the novel coronavirus, and potential effects on our business and operations;

• market acceptance and adoption of our Live and Notes solutions;

• changes in the regulatory environment affecting our healthcare customers, including impediments to their ability to obtain reimbursement for their services;

• our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations;

• our ability to successfully integrate any future acquired businesses, technologies or assets;

• the announcement of new significant contracts or relationships;

• the procurement and deployment cycles of our healthcare customers and the length of our sales cycles;

• changes in how healthcare operating and capital budgets are administered within the enterprise;

16

Table of Contents

• changes in customer deployment timelines;

• variations in the number of new customers booked in a prior quarter, but not delivered until later quarters;

• our mix of solutions and the varying revenue recognition rules that apply;

• new competitive product launches by our customers that negatively impact sales or our sales cycle;

• pricing, including discounts by us or our competitors;

• our ability to successfully deploy our solutions in a timely manner;

• our ability to forecast demand and manage lead times for the recruitment and training of MDSs;

• our ability to develop and introduce new solutions and features to existing solutions that achieve market acceptance;

• the announcement of a new product, which may cause sales cycles to lengthen;

• federal or state government shutdowns;

• fluctuations in foreign currencies in Bangladesh, India and Sri Lanka; and

• future accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting policies.

We are subject to various state, federal and foreign laws and regulations, including healthcare, fraud and abuse laws and regulations that may impact our business and could subject us to significant fines and penalties or other negative consequences.

Our operations may be directly or indirectly subject to various state and federal healthcare laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, federal civil and criminal false claims laws, HIPAA, and the federal criminal fraud statutes. These laws may impact, among other things, the sales for Live and Notes. In addition, the inability of our customers to use our services and technology solutions in a manner that complies with those laws and regulations could affect the marketability of our services and technology solutions or our compliance with our customer contracts, or even expose us to claims, litigation and substantial liability. A number of federal and state laws, including anti-kickback restrictions and laws prohibiting the submission of false or fraudulent claims, apply to healthcare providers and others that make, or cause to be made, claims for payments for items or services that may be paid for by any federal or state healthcare program and, in some instances, any private program. These laws are complex, and their application to our specific products, services and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways that we do not anticipate.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons and entities from knowingly and willingly soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the statute has been violated. Additionally, PPACA amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that would otherwise be lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry.

The federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, prohibit, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from or approval by the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. PPACA codified case law that provides that the government may assert that a claim including

17

Table of Contents

items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act. The government has prosecuted certain software vendors that provided coding, and other clinical support services, causing the submission of false or fraudulent claims in violation of the FCA, or misrepresenting the capabilities of its software and payment of kickbacks to certain customers in exchange for promoting its product in violation of the AKS and FCA. Suits filed under the civil False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government and such individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Many healthcare companies have recently been investigated or subject to lawsuits by whistleblowers and have reached substantial financial settlements with the federal government under the civil False Claims Act.

HIPAA created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute, PPACA amended the intent requirement of the criminal healthcare fraud statutes such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or intent to violate it to have committed a violation.

Many states and foreign jurisdictions have similar laws and regulations, such as anti-kickback, anti-bribery and corruption, and false claims laws, to which we are currently and/or may in the future, be subject. We are also subject to numerous other laws and regulations that are not specific to the healthcare industry. For instance, the FCPA, prohibits companies and individuals from engaging in specified activities to obtain or retain business or to influence a person working in an official capacity. Under the FCPA, it is illegal to pay, offer to pay or authorize the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, governmental staff members, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to otherwise influence a person working in an official capacity. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities, including certain revenue sharing arrangements we have with potential referral sources, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Although we take our obligation to maintain our compliance with these various laws and regulations seriously and our compliance program is designed to prevent the violation of these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that our compliance program will be sufficient or effective, that we will be able to integrate the operations of acquired businesses into our compliance program on a timely basis, that our employees will comply with our policies and that our employees will notify us of any violation of our policies, that we will have the ability to take appropriate and timely corrective action in response to any such violation, or that we will make decisions and take actions that will necessarily limit or avoid liability for whistleblower claims that individuals, such as employees or former employees, may bring against us or that governmental authorities may prosecute against us based on information provided by individuals. If we are found to be in violation of any of the laws and regulations described above or other applicable state and federal healthcare laws, we may be subject to penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, imprisonment, diminished profits and future earnings, exclusion from government healthcare reimbursement programs, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and growth prospects. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws is costly and time-consuming for our management.

18

Table of Contents

Actual or perceived failures to comply with applicable data protection, privacy and security laws, regulations, standards and other requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we are or may become subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, requirements and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, retention, and security of personal information, including health-related information. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business, affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer, use and share personal information, necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulation, our internal policies and procedures or our contracts governing our processing of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, claims by third parties, and damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial performance and business.

In the United States, HIPAA imposes certain obligations on “covered entities,” including certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, and their respective “business associates” that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, as well as their covered subcontractors with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of PHI. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA, whether as the result of a breach of unsecured PHI, a complaint about privacy practices, or an audit by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal, and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance.

Certain states have also adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners. In addition, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA, went into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and many similar laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states. Further, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitation on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required. In the event that we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA, or the CPRA or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the Federal trade Commission, or the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards.

We also may be bound by contractual obligations and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security that are more stringent than applicable laws and regulations. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security are significant. Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and standards, our contractual obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving

19

Table of Contents

and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with another or other legal obligations with which we must comply. Accordingly, our failure, or perceived inability, to comply with these laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations may limit the use and adoption of our solution, reduce overall demand for our solution, lead to regulatory investigations, breach of contract claims, litigation, and significant fines, penalties, or liabilities for actual or alleged noncompliance or slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business.

Efforts to comply with regulatory mandates to increase the use of electronic health information and health system interoperability may lead to negative publicity which could adversely affect our business.

For many years, a primary focus of the healthcare industry has been to increase the use of EHRs and the sharing of the health data among providers, payors and other members of the industry. The federal government has been a significant driver of that initiative through rules and regulations. In 2009, as part of HITECH, the federal government set aside $27 billion of incentives for hospitals and providers to adopt EHR systems. In 2019, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (the “CMS”), proposed policy changes supporting its MyHealthEData initiative to improve patient access and advance electronic data exchange and care coordination throughout the healthcare system. In March 2020, the HHS Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, or ONC , and CMS finalized and issued complementary rules that are intended to clarify provisions of the 21st Century Cures Act regarding interoperability and information blocking, and includes, among other things, requirements surrounding information blocking, changes to ONC’s health IT certification program and requirements that CMS-regulated payors make relevant claims/care data and provider directory information available through standardized patient access and provider directory application programming interfaces, or APIs, that connect to provider EHRs. The companion rules will transform the way in which healthcare providers, health IT developers, health information exchanges/health information networks, or HIEs/HINs, and health plans share patient information, and create significant new requirements for healthcare industry participants. For example, the ONC rule, which went into effect on April 5, 2021, prohibits healthcare providers, health IT developers of certified health IT, and HIEs/HINs from engaging in practices that are likely to interfere with, prevent, materially discourage, or otherwise inhibit the access, exchange or use of electronic health information, or EHI, as known as “information blocking.” To further support access and exchange of EHI, the ONC rule identifies eight “reasonable and necessary activities” as exceptions to information blocking activities, as long as specific conditions are met. Any failure to comply with these rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The goals of increased use of electronic health data and interoperability are improved quality of care and lower healthcare costs generally, and the services we provide rely upon the necessity of electronic health data. However, increased use of electronic health data and the interoperability between our services and those systems inherently magnifies the risk of security breaches involving that data and information systems, including our own. Additionally, the sharing of health information such as that we produce and summarized through Live and Notes, has received increasingly negative publicity. There is at least one well publicized instance where organizations received significant negative publicity for sharing health data despite having appeared to comply in all respects with privacy laws. There can be no assurance that our efforts to improve the services we deliver and to comply with the law through the use of electronic data and system interoperability will not receive negative publicity that may materially and adversely affect our ability to serve clinicians. Negative publicity may also lead to federal or state regulation that conflicts with current federal policy and interferes with the healthcare industry’s efforts to improve care and reduce costs through use of electronic data and interoperability. Further regulation of EHR systems and health records generally may also interfere with our intelligence automation efforts to help automate the medical note creation process.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated. Any material changes in the political, economic or regulatory healthcare environment that affect the group purchasing business or the purchasing practices and operations of healthcare organizations, or that lead to consolidation in the healthcare industry, could require us to modify our services or reduce the funds available to providers to purchase our solutions and services.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations depend upon conditions affecting the healthcare industry generally and hospitals and health systems particularly. Our ability to grow will depend upon the economic environment of the healthcare industry, as well as our ability to increase the number of solutions that

20

Table of Contents

we sell to our customers. The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. Factors such as changes in reimbursement policies for healthcare expenses, consolidation in the healthcare industry, regulation, litigation and general economic conditions affect the purchasing practices, operation and, ultimately, the operating funds of healthcare organizations. In particular, changes in regulations affecting EHRs, or restrictions on permissible discounts and other financial arrangements, could require us to make unplanned modifications to our solutions and services, or result in delays or cancellations of orders or reduce funds and demand for our solutions and services.

If we fail to offer high-quality services and support for any of our solutions, our operating results and our ability to sell those solutions in the future will be harmed.

Our ability to sell our solutions depends on our implementation services and technical support teams providing high-quality services and support. Our implementation services team assists our customers with their clinical integration, training and project management during the pre-deployment and deployment stages. Once our solutions are deployed within a customer’s facility, the customer typically depends on our technical support team to help resolve technical issues, assist in optimizing the use of our solutions and facilitate adoption of new functionality. If we do not effectively assist our customers in deploying our solutions, succeed in helping our customers quickly resolve technical and other post-deployment issues, or provide effective ongoing support services, our ability to expand the use of our solutions within existing customers and to sell our solutions to new customers will be harmed. If deployment of our solutions is deemed unsatisfactory, we may incur significant costs to attain and sustain customer satisfaction or, in extreme cases, our customers may choose not to deploy our solutions. As we hire new services and support personnel, we may inadvertently hire underperforming people who will have to be replaced, or fail to effectively train such employees, leading in some instances to slower growth, additional costs and poor customer relations.

As we continue to pursue opportunities for larger deals that have greater technical complexity or that involve the deployment of products and services that are untested as compared to our older products (such as Notes or our emergency department solution), including deals that require more complex integrations with our customer’s workflows, we may experience a longer time period for our solutions to deploy and as a result, our revenue recognition for these deals may be delayed. Additionally, as we enter agreements with new and existing customers for larger and more complex deals, we have been, and may continue to be, required to agree to customer acceptance and cancellation clauses. With acceptance clauses, delays may occur in obtaining customer acceptance regardless of the quality of our products and services, and may cause us to defer revenue recognition where such acceptance provisions are substantive in nature, or they may require us to incur additional costs in an effort to obtain such customer acceptance. Cancellation clauses may result in a customer canceling an order for services, which could impact our revenues.

If our solutions experience data security breaches, and there is unauthorized access to our customers’ data, we may lose current or future customers, our reputation and business may be harmed and we may incur significant liabilities.

Our solutions are used by our customers to manage and store personally identifiable information, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to their business. Although we maintain security features in our solutions, our security measures may not detect or prevent hacker interceptions, break-ins, security breaches, the introduction of viruses or malicious code, such as “ransomware,” and other disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted by our solutions. Cyber-attacks and other malicious Internet-based activity continue to increase generally and may be directed at either the solution used by our customers or our corporate information technology software and infrastructure.

Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, exploit vulnerabilities or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques, patch vulnerabilities, or implement adequate preventative measures. Certain of our customers may have a greater sensitivity to security defects or breaches in our software than to defects in other, less critical, software solutions. Any actual or perceived security breach or theft of the business-critical data of one or more of our customers, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to the failure of our software or solutions, may adversely affect the market’s perception of our solutions. There can be no assurance that limitation of liability,

21

Table of Contents

indemnification or other protective provisions in our contracts would be applicable, enforceable or adequate in connection with a security breach, or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. One or more large claims may be asserted against us that exceed our available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies may occur, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements. Because the majority of our employees, MDS Vendors and MDSs have shifted to remote work due to ongoing local restrictions shelter in place orders due to the COVID-19 pandemic, our ability to safeguard our systems may be adversely impacted, and we may be more susceptible to data security breaches.

Furthermore, a party that is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit any vulnerabilities in our solutions could misappropriate our or our customers’ proprietary or confidential information, cause interruption in their operations, damage or misuse their computer systems, misuse any information that they misappropriate, cause early termination of our contracts, subject us to notification and indemnity obligations, litigation, and regulatory investigation or governmental sanctions, cause us to lose existing customers, and harm our ability to attract future customers. Because our business is reliant on integration with EHR systems of healthcare providers, and the protection of sensitive patient information, any such breach could cause harm to our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations, and we may incur significant liability, and as a result our business and financial position may be harmed.

Our business and reputation may be impacted by IT system failures or other disruptions.

We may be subject to IT systems failures and network disruptions. These may be caused by natural disasters, accidents, power disruptions, telecommunications failures, acts of terrorism or war, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or other events or disruptions. System redundancy may be ineffective or inadequate, and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all eventualities. Such failures or disruptions could prevent access to or the delivery of certain of our products or services, compromise our data or our customers’ data or result in delayed or cancelled orders, as well as potentially expose us to third-party claims. System failures and disruptions could also impede our transactions processing services and financial reporting.

War, terrorism, geopolitical uncertainties, public health issues, including pandemics, and other business disruptions have caused and could cause damage to the global economy, and thus have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results. Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, terrorist attacks and other hostile acts, labor disputes, public health issues and other issues beyond our control. Such events could decrease our demand for our products or services or make it difficult or impossible for us to develop and deliver our products or services to our customers. A significant portion of our research and development activities, our corporate headquarters, our IT systems and certain of our other critical business operations are concentrated in a few geographic areas. In the event of a business disruption in one or more of those areas, our ability to provide medical note documentation services could suffer, and we could incur significant losses, require substantial recovery time, and experience significant expenditures in order to resume operations, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Unauthorized use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success and competitive position depend in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights protecting our products and services. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or discover aspects of our products or to obtain, license, sell or otherwise use information that we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our products is difficult and we may not be able to protect our technology from unauthorized use. Additionally, our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially the same or superior to our technologies and that do not infringe our rights. In these cases, we would be unable to prevent our competitors from selling or licensing these similar or superior technologies. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and litigation

22

Table of Contents

may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Litigation, regardless of the outcome, can be very expensive and can divert management focus and efforts.

Our sales cycles are lengthy, and it is difficult for us to predict when or if sales will occur.

Our sales efforts are often targeted at larger healthcare systems, and large physician specialty practices, and as a result, we face greater costs, must devote greater sales support to individual customers, have longer sales cycles and have less predictability in completing some of our sales. Also, sales to large healthcare systems often require us to provide greater levels of education regarding the use and benefits of our solutions. Our average sales cycle length is approximately 50 days, which is the average of about a month for independents and approximately five months for large healthcare enterprises, as measured from the point of initial contact with a potential client to the time a contract is signed.

We believe that our customers view the purchase of our solutions as a significant and strategic decision. As a result, customers carefully evaluate our solutions, often over long periods with a variety of internal constituencies. In addition, the sales of our solutions may be subject to delays if the customer has lengthy internal budgeting, integration, approval and evaluation processes, which are quite common in the context of introducing large enterprise-wide technology solutions in the healthcare industry. As a result, it is difficult to predict the timing of our future sales.

We depend on our management team and our key sales and development and services personnel, and the loss of one or more key employees or groups could harm our business and prevent us from implementing our business plan in a timely manner.

Our success depends on the expertise, efficacy and continued services of our executive officers. We have in the past, and may in the future, continue to experience changes in our executive management team resulting from the departure of executives or subsequent hiring of new executives, which may be disruptive to our business. For example, in March 2019, we hired a Chief Operating Officer, in April 2019, we hired a Chief Revenue Officer and a new Head of People, in January 2020, we hired a Chief Medical Officer, in July 2020, we hired a new Chief Financial Officer, and in November 2020, we hired a new Chief Technology Officer. Any changes in business strategies or leadership can create uncertainty, may negatively impact our ability to execute our business strategy quickly and effectively and may ultimately be unsuccessful. The impact of hiring new executives may not be immediately realized. We are also dependent on the continued service of our existing development and services personnel because of their familiarity with the inherent complexities of our systems and solutions.

Failure to adequately expand and train our direct sales force will impede our growth.

We rely almost exclusively on our direct sales force to sell our solutions. We believe that our future growth will depend, to a significant extent, on the continued development of our direct sales force and its ability to manage and retain our existing customer base, expand the sales of our solutions to existing customers and obtain new customers. Because our solution is complex and often must interoperate with complex healthcare provider workflows and systems, it can take longer for our sales personnel to become fully productive. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenues in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of direct sales personnel. New hires require significant training and may, in some cases, take considerable time before becoming fully productive, if at all. If we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel, and if these sales personnel are unable to achieve full productivity, sales of our solutions will suffer and our growth will be impeded.

If we fail to increase market awareness of our brand and solutions, expand our sales and marketing operations, improve our sales execution, and increase our sales channels, our business could be harmed.

We intend to continue to add personnel and resources in sales and marketing as we focus on expanding awareness of our brand and solutions and capitalize on sales opportunities with new and existing customers. Our efforts to improve sales of our solutions will result in an increase in our sales and marketing expense and general and administrative expense, and these efforts may not be successful. Some newly hired sales and marketing personnel may subsequently be determined to be unproductive and will have to be replaced, resulting in operational and sales

23

Table of Contents

delays and incremental costs. If we are unable to significantly increase the awareness of our brand and solutions or effectively manage the costs associated with these efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We must improve our sales execution in order to, among other things, increase the number of our sales opportunities and grow our revenues. We must improve the market awareness of our solutions, expand our relationships with our channel partners and create new channel partnerships, in order to increase our revenues. Further, we believe that we must continue to develop our relationships with new and existing customers and partners and create additional sales opportunities to effectively and efficiently extend our geographic reach and market penetration. Our efforts to improve our sales execution could result in a material increase in our sales and marketing expense and general and administrative expense, and there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful. Further, as we increase our efforts to target smaller medical practices and independent physicians as well as leverage channel partnerships to drive sales, we may be unable to tailor our sales efforts to these strategies. If we are unable to significantly improve our sales execution, increase the awareness of our solutions, create additional sales opportunities, expand our relationships with channel partners, leverage our relationship with strategic partners, or effectively manage the costs associated with these efforts, our operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Our revenues are dependent on our ability to maintain and expand existing customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers.

The continued growth of our revenues is dependent in part on our ability to expand the use of our solutions by existing customers and attract new customers. Our customers have no obligation to renew their agreements after the expiration of the initial term, and there can be no assurance that they will do so. We have had in the past, and may in the future, have customers discontinue the use of our solution, which may impact such customers’ decisions to continue to use our solutions.

If we are unable to expand our customers’ use of our solutions (which principally involves ensuring that more physicians and clinicians within our existing healthcare group customers adopt our solutions), maintain our renewal rates and expand our customer base, our revenues may decline or fail to increase at historical growth rates, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, if our customers experience dissatisfaction with our service in the future, we may find it more difficult to increase use of our solutions within our existing customer base and it may be more difficult to attract new customers, or we may be required to grant credits or refunds, any of which could negatively impact our operating results and materially harm our business.

Our industry is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

Our industry is highly competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are breadth and depth of process, technology and domain expertise, service quality, reliability of products, services and personnel, the ability to attract, train and retain qualified people, compliance rigor, price and marketing and sales capabilities. In particular, as AI/ML technology develops, competitors may be able to better utilize this technology to automate the medical note documentation process rendering our solution less competitive. Further, the recruitment and retention of MDSs by us and our MDS Vendors has become more competitive in the United States, Bangladesh, India and Sri Lanka as increasing opportunities emerge for our MDSs’ talents, and we may be unable to attract high quality documentation specialists which could cause the quality and competitiveness of our medical note documentation solution to suffer. We compete for business with a variety of companies, including large multinational firms that provide consulting, technology and/or transcription services, off-shore transcription service providers in low-cost locations, and in-house captives of potential customers.

Some of our competitors have greater financial, marketing, technological or other resources and larger client bases than we do and may expand their service offerings and compete more effectively for customers and employees than we do. Some of our competitors have more established reputations and client relationships in our markets than we do. There could also be new competitors that are more powerful as a result of strategic consolidation of smaller competitors or of companies that each provide different services or service different industries.

24

Table of Contents

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and shelter-in-place orders, many of our competitors providing in-person, real-time medical note documentation have been forced to rapidly adapt to shelter in place orders and employ technology for the delivery of their documentation solution. As more of these in-person providers shift to providing services remotely, we may face increased competition in the remote, real-time medical note documentation segment in which we primarily operate.

Increased competition may result in lower prices and volumes, higher costs for resources, especially people, and lower profitability. We may not be able to supply customers with services that they deem superior and at competitive prices and we may lose business to our competitors. Any inability to compete effectively would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as power disruptions or terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity, and most of our MDSs and MDS Vendors are located in South Asia, a region known to suffer terrorism and natural disasters, including floods, typhoons, droughts and epidemics or contagious diseases. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or a flood, or epidemic or contagious disease, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, occurring at our headquarters, our other facilities, or where our MDSs are located, could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, acts of terrorism could cause disruptions in our business, the businesses of our customers and suppliers, or the economy as a whole. We also rely on information technology systems to communicate among our workforce located worldwide, and in particular, our senior management, general and administrative, and research and development activities that are coordinated with our corporate headquarters in the San Francisco Bay Area. Any disruption to our internal communications, whether caused by a natural disaster, an epidemic or contagious disease, or by man-made problems, such as power disruptions, in the San Francisco Bay Area, Bangladesh, India or Sri Lanka could delay our research and development efforts, cause delays or cancellations of customer orders or delay deployment of our solutions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our use of open source and non-commercial software components could impose risks and limitations on our ability to commercialize our solutions.

Our solutions contain software modules licensed under open source and other types of non-commercial licenses. We also may incorporate open source and other licensed software into our solutions in the future. Use and distribution of such software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as licenses of these types generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some of these licenses require the release of our proprietary source code to the public if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in certain manners. This could allow competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately result in a loss of sales for us.

The terms of many open source and other non-commercial licenses have not been judicially interpreted, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In such event, in order to continue offering our solutions, we could be required to seek licenses from alternative licensors, which may not be available on a commercially reasonable basis or at all, to re-engineer our solutions or to discontinue the sale of our solutions in the event we cannot obtain a license or re-engineer our solutions on a timely basis, any of which could harm our business and operating results. In addition, if an owner of licensed software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of the corresponding license agreement, we could incur significant legal costs defending ourselves against such allegations. In the event such claims were successful, we could be subject to significant damages, be required to disclose our source code, or be enjoined from the distribution of our solutions.

25

Table of Contents

We rely on a small number of third-party service providers to host and deliver our solution, and any interruptions or delays in services from these third parties could impair the delivery of our cloud-based solutions and harm our business.

We currently operate our solutions primarily through third-party data centers. We do not control the operation of these facilities. These facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They are also subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions, which would have a serious adverse impact on our business. Additionally, our data center agreements are of limited duration, subject to early termination rights in certain circumstances, may include inadequate indemnification and liability provisions, and the providers of our data centers have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We currently employ third-party data centers in the United States for hosting our solution and for retention of data, and we may transfer data to other providers or locations. Despite precautions taken during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service. Interruptions in our service, data loss or corruption may subject us to liability to our customers, cause customers to terminate their agreements and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Data transfers may also subject us to regional privacy and data protection laws that apply to the transmission of customer data across international borders.

We also depend on access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our solution. If we lose the services of one or more of our bandwidth providers, or if these providers experience outages, for any reason, we could experience disruption in delivering our cloud-based solutions or we could be required to retain the services of a replacement bandwidth provider. Any Internet outages or delays could adversely affect our ability to provide our solutions to our customers. Our data center operations also rely heavily on the availability of electricity, which also comes from third-party providers. If we or the third-party data center facilities that we use to deliver our services were to experience a major power outage or if the cost of electricity were to increase significantly, our operations and financial results could be harmed. If we or our third-party data centers were to experience a major power outage, we or they would have to rely on back-up generators, which might not work properly or might not provide an adequate supply during a major power outage. Such a power outage could result in a significant disruption of our business.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable users or companies covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenues for us. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our services and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We may require additional capital to support our business growth, and such capital may not be available.

We intend to continue to make investments to support business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, which include the need to develop new solutions or enhance existing solutions, enhance our operating infrastructure, expand our sales and marketing capabilities, and acquire complementary businesses, technologies or assets. Accordingly, we may need to engage in additional equity or debt financing to

26

Table of Contents

secure funds. Equity and debt financing, however, might not be available when needed or, if available, might not be available on terms satisfactory to us. If we raise additional funds through equity financing, our stockholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us in the future, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited as we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate some or all of our initiatives, which could harm our operating results.

Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement provides our lenders with first-priority liens against substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, and contain covenants and other restrictions on our actions, which could limit our operational flexibility and otherwise adversely affect our financial condition.

Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreements restricts our ability to, among other things:

• convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of our business or property;

• liquidate or dissolve;

• engage in any business other than the business currently engaged in or reasonably related thereto;

• engage in business combinations or acquisitions;

• incur additional indebtedness;

• allow any lien or encumbrance on any of our property;

• pay any dividends or repurchase any but a nominal amount of stock; or

• make payment on or amend the terms of any subordinated debt.

Our failure to comply with the covenants or meet our payment requirements, or the occurrence of other events specified in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement, could result in an event of default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement, which would give our lenders the ability to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, we have granted our lenders first-priority liens against all of our personal property assets, including our intellectual property, as collateral. If the debt under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreements was to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash on hand to repay it. Further, in such an event, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness, which may result in the loss of crucial assets, including our intellectual property rights. The acceleration of our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Credit Agreement, or the lender proceeding against the collateral securing such obligations, would have an immediate adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our lack of an entirely independent audit committee at this time may hinder our board of directors’ effectiveness in monitoring our compliance with our disclosure and accounting obligations.

Currently, our audit committee is comprised of three members, with two members meeting the definition of independence under applicable Nasdaq rules but one member not meeting the definition of independence under applicable Nasdaq rules. Although the composition of our audit committee complies with rules applicable to companies traded on the OTCQX, Nasdaq requires that our audit committee be comprised solely of independent directors. We have one year from the date of the listing of our shares on Nasdaq to comply with the requirement to have a fully independent audit committee. An independent audit committee plays a crucial role in the corporate governance process, assessing our processes relating to our risks and control environment, overseeing financial reporting, and evaluating internal and independent audit processes. Although we have identified several potential independent audit committee members to join our board, we may have difficulty attracting or retaining independent directors with the requisite qualifications to serve on our audit committee. Our failure to continue to meet this Nasdaq requirement to have a fully independent audit committee may result in our common stock being delisted

27

Table of Contents

from the Nasdaq Capital Market. If our common stock were delisted from the Nasdaq Capital Market, this could result in a number of negative implications, including reduced liquidity in our common stock as a result of the loss of market efficiencies associated with Nasdaq.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported operating results and financial condition and could affect the reporting of transactions already completed before the announcement of a change.

Our revenue recognition policy and other factors may distort our financial results in any given period and make them difficult to predict.

Under accounting standards update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (“ASC 606”), we recognize revenues when our customer obtains control of goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Our subscription revenues consists of the monthly service fees for Live and Notes services. A significant increase or decline in our subscription contracts in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in the results for that quarter, but will affect our revenues in future quarters. These may make it challenging to forecast our revenues for future periods, as both the mix of solutions and services we will sell in a given period, as well as the size of contracts, is difficult to predict.

Furthermore, the presentation of our financial results requires us to make estimates and assumptions that may affect revenue recognition. In some instances, we could reasonably use different estimates and assumptions, and changes in estimates are likely to occur from period to period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

Given the foregoing factors, our actual results could differ significantly from our estimates, comparing our revenues and operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and our past results may not be indicative of our future performance.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and equity, and the amount of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates and judgments involve the identification of performance obligations in revenue recognition, deferred income tax valuation allowances, and the valuation of the stock-based awards, including the determination of fair value of our common stock prior to the Merger. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and operating results.

Our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of our operating expenses are incurred in Bangladesh and India and are denominated in Bangladeshi Takas and Indian Rupees and are therefore subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Historically, we have not, and we currently do not, use foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge against certain cash flow exposures resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We may decide to use forward currency contracts in the future, but this hedging strategy may not ultimately be effective and may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

28

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock and this Offering

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile and could decline.

If a market for our common stock develops, its market price could fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, including market perception of our ability to meet our growth projections and expectations, quarterly operating results of other companies in the same industry, trading volume in our common stock, changes in general conditions in the economy and the financial markets or other developments affecting our business and the business of others in our industry. In addition, the stock market itself is subject to extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market price of securities issued by many companies for reasons related and unrelated to their operating performance and could have the same effect on our common stock. The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

• the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this prospectus;

• actual or anticipated differences in our estimates, or in the estimates of analysts, for our revenues, results of operations, level of indebtedness, liquidity or financial condition;

• additions and departures of key personnel;

• failure to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq;

• failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or other laws or regulations;

• changes to healthcare laws and laws governing EHR systems;

• future issuances, sales, resales or repurchases or anticipated issuances, sales, resales or repurchases, of our common stock;

• publication of research reports about us, or the medical records industry generally;

• the performance and market valuations of other similar companies;

• broad disruptions in the financial markets, including sudden disruptions in the credit markets;

• speculation in the press or investment community;

• actual, potential or perceived control, accounting or reporting problems; and

• changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines.

In the past, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their shares. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Following the listing of our securities on Nasdaq, we will become subject to additional regulations and continued requirements.

As a newly exchange-listed public company, we will be required to meet the continued listing standards for Nasdaq. Following the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we fail to meet any of Nasdaq’s listing standards, our securities may be delisted. Nasdaq requires that the trading price of its listed stocks remain above one dollar in order for the stock to remain listed. If a listed stock trades below one dollar for more than 30 consecutive trading days, then it is subject to delisting from Nasdaq. In addition, to maintain a listing on Nasdaq, we must satisfy minimum financial and other continued listing requirements and standards, including those regarding director independence and independent committee requirements, minimum stockholders’ equity, and certain corporate governance requirements. If we are unable to satisfy these requirements or standards, we could be subject to delisting, which would have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we would expect to take actions to restore our compliance with the

29

Table of Contents

listing requirements, but we can provide no assurance that any such action taken by us would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price, or improve the liquidity of our common stock, or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements. A delisting of our securities from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our securities and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our securities.

We are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired. In addition, the presence of material weaknesses increases the risk of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements.

The Company is currently a public company and is required, pursuant to Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting on its annual report on Form 10-K. Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, such internal controls are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet its reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

The report by management will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified in internal control over financial reporting. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act following the consummation of the Merger, its independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Management’s assessment of internal controls, when implemented, could detect problems with internal controls, and an independent assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls by our auditors could detect further problems that management’s assessment might not, and could result in the identification of material weaknesses that were not otherwise identified. Undetected material weaknesses in internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation. We are required to disclose changes made to internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. To comply with the public company requirements, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff.

We are in the early stages of developing the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete its evaluation, testing, and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that internal control over financial reporting is effective. We are also in the process of integrating a new information technology integration project at our company, which could result in additional risks relating to our ability to implement the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404

If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, including as a result of the material weaknesses described above, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

Because we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act by means other than a traditional underwritten initial public offering, we may not be able to attract the attention of research analysts at major brokerage firms.

Because we did not become a reporting company by conducting an underwritten initial public offering of our common stock, and because we were not initially listed on a national securities exchange, security analysts of brokerage firms may not provide coverage of our Company. In addition, investment banks may be less likely to agree to underwrite follow-on offerings on our behalf than they might if we became a public reporting company by means of an underwritten initial public offering, because they may be less familiar with our Company as a result of more

30

Table of Contents

limited coverage by analysts and the media, and because we became public at an early stage in our development. The failure to receive research coverage or support in the market for our shares could have an adverse effect on our ability to develop a liquid market for our common stock.

Participation in this offering by our existing stockholders would reduce the public float for our shares of common stock.

The cornerstone investors have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $8.1 million of our shares in this offering at the public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares to any of the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the cornerstone investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. In addition, Emmanuel Krakaris, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and a member of our board of directors, Sandra Breber, our Chief Operating Officer, and Paul Ginocchio, our Chief Financial Officer, have agreed to purchase in the aggregate $336,000 of our shares in this offering at the public offering price per share and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. If these existing investors are allocated all or a portion of the shares in which they have indicated an interest or agreed to purchase in this offering or more, and purchase any such shares, such purchase could reduce the available public float for our shares if such existing investors hold these shares long term.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including:

• not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

• reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and annual report on Form 10-K; and

• exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of the initial public offering of Malo Holdings Corporation. Our status as an emerging growth company will end as soon as any of the following takes place:

• the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues;

• the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;

• the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

• the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of the first sale of our equity securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this provision of the JOBS Act. As a result, we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at

31

Table of Contents

the same time as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Therefore, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to those of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a “smaller reporting company” even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenues is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

We may face risks related to securities litigation that could result in significant legal expenses and settlement or damage awards.

We may in the future become subject to claims and litigation alleging violations of the securities laws or other related claims, which could harm our business and require us to incur significant costs. Significant litigation costs could impact our ability to comply with certain financial covenants under our credit agreement. We are generally obliged, to the extent permitted by law, to indemnify our current and former directors and officers who are named as defendants in these types of lawsuits. Regardless of the outcome, litigation may require significant attention from management and could result in significant legal expenses, settlement costs or damage awards that could have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors who are not nominated by current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions:

• establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

• permit only the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;

• provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

• require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

• authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

• eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

• prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

• prohibit cumulative voting; and

• establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our restated certificate of incorporation, or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

32

Table of Contents

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Our restated bylaws will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act (“Federal Forum Provision”). Our decision to adopt a Federal Forum Provision followed a decision by the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware holding that such provisions are facially valid under Delaware law. While there can be no assurance that federal courts or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that the Federal Forum Provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of the Federal Forum Provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court. While neither the exclusive forum provision nor the Federal Forum Provision applies to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder also must be brought in federal court. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to our exclusive forum provisions, including the Federal Forum Provision. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of their choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees.

In addition, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock.

The designation of our common stock as “penny stock” would limit the liquidity of our common stock.

Our common stock may be deemed a “penny stock” (as that term is defined under Rule 3a51-1 of the Exchange Act) in any market that may develop in the future to the extent that our shares trade for less than $5.00 a share and are not listed on Nasdaq or another securities exchange. Prices often are not available to buyers and sellers and the market may be very limited. Penny stock in start-up companies is among the riskiest equity investments. Broker-dealers who sell penny stock must provide purchasers with a standardized risk-disclosure document prepared by the SEC. The document provides information about penny stock and the nature and level of risks involved in investing in the penny stock market. A broker must also provide purchasers with bid and offer quotations and information regarding broker and salesperson compensation and make a written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and obtain the purchaser’s written agreement to the purchase. Many brokers choose not to participate in penny stock transactions. If our common stock is deemed “penny stock”, because of penny stock rules, there may be less trading activity in any market that develops for our common stock in the future and stockholders are likely to have difficulty selling their shares.

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock, and investors may lose the entire amount of their investment.

Cash dividends have never been declared or paid on our common stock, and we do not anticipate such a declaration or payment for the foreseeable future. Any future determination about the payment of dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, if any, capital requirements, operating and financial conditions, contractual restrictions, including any loan or debt financing agreements, and on such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, we may enter into agreements in the future that could contain restrictions on payments of cash dividends. We expect to use future earnings, if any, to fund business growth. Therefore, stockholders will not receive any funds absent a sale of their shares of common stock. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates. We cannot assure stockholders of a positive return on their investment when they sell their shares, nor can we assure that stockholders will not lose the entire amount of their investment.

33

Table of Contents

FINRA sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.

The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) has adopted rules requiring that, in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative or low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA has indicated its belief that there is a high probability that speculative or low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. If these FINRA requirements are applicable to us or our securities, they may make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that at least some of their customers buy our common stock, which may limit the ability of our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market for and price of our common stock.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement we entered into with certain holders of our common stock issued in connection with the Merger and the Private Placement (as defined below) following the Effective Time of the Merger or held by our pre-Merger stockholders (the “Registration Rights Agreement), we agreed, at our expense, and filed a registration statement with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registering the resale of up to 29,174,239 shares of our common stock and warrants, which consists of shares of our common stock and warrants that are held by our pre-Merger stockholders or were issued in connection with the Merger and the Private Placement. Following declaration of the registration statement’s effectiveness by the SEC on February 4, 2021 (the “Prior Registration Statement”), the Prior Registration Statement permits the resale of these shares at any time for up to three years following the effective date of such registration statement. While some of our largest stockholders are limited from making disposition of 80% of their respective securities holdings in the Company for a period commencing with the Company’s listing of its shares of common stock on an over-the-counter market as reported by the OTC Market Group Inc. on March 31, 2021 and ending on September 27, 2021, subject to certain early release conditions, the resale, or expected or potential resale, of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock at times and prices that you feel are appropriate. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Furthermore, we expect that selling stockholders will continue to offer shares covered by the Prior Registration Statement in significant amounts and for a significant period of time, the precise duration of which cannot be predicted. Accordingly, the adverse market and price pressures may continue for an extended period of time and continued negative pressure on the market price of our common stock could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional equity capital.

A lack of research analyst coverage or restrictions on the ability of analysts associated with the underwriters to publish during certain time periods, including when we report our results of operations, could materially and adversely affect the trading price and liquidity of our common stock.

We cannot assure you that research analysts, including those associated with the underwriters of this offering, will initiate or maintain research coverage of us or our common stock. In addition, regulatory rules prohibit research analysts associated with the underwriters of this offering from publishing or otherwise distributing a research report or from making a public appearance regarding us for 15 days prior to and after the expiration, waiver or termination of any lock-up agreement that we or certain of our stockholders have entered into with the underwriters of this offering. Accordingly, it could be the case that research concerning our results of operations or the possible effects on us of significant news or a significant event will not be published or will be published on a delayed basis. A lack of research or the inability of certain research analysts to publish research relating to our results of operations or significant news or a significant event in a timely manner could materially and adversely affect the trading price and liquidity of our common stock.

34

Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit stockholders’ ability to obtain a more favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or its directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Our restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in name of the Company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware or, if that court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, another federal or state court situated in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in the certificate of incorporation. In addition, our restated bylaws provide that the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

In March 2020, the Delaware Supreme Court issued a decision in Salzburg et al. v. Sciabacucchi, which found that an exclusive forum provision providing for claims under the Securities Act to be brought in federal court is facially valid under Delaware law. It is unclear whether this decision will be appealed, or what the final outcome of this case will be. We intend to enforce this provision, but we do not know whether courts in other jurisdictions will agree with this decision or enforce it.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the company or any of its directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

35

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business”, includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements relate to, among others, our plans, objectives and expectations for our business, operations and financial performance and condition, and can be identified by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “will,” “could,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “continue” and similar expressions that do not relate solely to historical matters. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in forward-looking statements are reasonable, such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

• our expectations regarding changes in regulatory requirements;

• our ability to interoperate with the EHR systems of our customers;

• our reliance on MDS Vendors;

• our ability to attract and retain key personnel;

• the competition to attract and retain MDSs;

• anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

• our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base;

• our estimates regarding future revenues, capital requirements and our need for or ability to obtain additional financing to fund our operations;

• our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property protection and the scope and duration of such protection;

• developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry, including competing dictation software providers, third-party, non-real time medical note generators and real time medical note documentation services;

• the impact of current and future laws and regulations;

• the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, results of operations and future growth prospects; and

• other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors.”

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

36

Table of Contents

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, or achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

37

Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business, as well as data regarding market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

38

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $35,947,000 (or approximately $41,467,000 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to fund increased investment in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative costs as the company increases its scale. While there are no acquisition opportunities currently being contemplated nor have we made an acquisition in the last three years, it is possible that an acquisition opportunity could arise that meets our strategic and financial internal return requirements. This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, we may invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

39

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock may be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we issue or any credit facilities we enter into.

40

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and restricted cash, and our capitalization as of June 30, 2021 on:

• an actual basis;

• a pro forma basis, to reflect the sale of $40,000,000 in shares of our common stock in this offering, at the public offering price of $4.00 per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with the sections titled “Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

As of
June 30, 2021

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Actual

 

Pro Forma

   

(unaudited)

Cash and restricted cash

 

$

16,685

 

 

$

52,632

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 27,110,934 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized and 37,110,934 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

88,773

 

 

 

124,720

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(49

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(93,419

)

 

 

(93,419

)

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

 

(4,692

)

 

 

31,255

 

Total capitalization

 

$

(4,692

)

 

$

31,255

 

The number of shares of common stock outstanding, on an actual and pro forma basis, is based on an aggregate of 27,151,665 shares outstanding as of September 29, 2021, and excludes:

• 6,178,556 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our Augmedix Plan, with an average exercise price of $1.68 per share;

• Stock appreciation rights to purchase 367,552 shares of common stock under our Augmedix Plan, with an average exercise price of $1.94 per share;

• 3,333,791 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants outstanding, with an exercise price of $2.92 per share;

• 474,050 shares of common stock available for future issuance under the Augmedix, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”); and

• No exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

41

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

Our net tangible book value is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total tangible liabilities. Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 was ($4.692 million), or ($0.17) per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total tangible liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share from the public offering price per share.

Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after June 30, 2021, other than to give effect to our issuance and sale of $40,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the public offering price of $4.00 per share, and after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised), our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 would have been $0.84 per outstanding share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.01 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $3.16 per share to purchasers of common stock in this offering.

42

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Augmedix was incorporated in 2013 and launched its commercial real-time, remote documentation services in 2014. We provide software compatible with off-the-shelf, mobile client devices (smartphones or Google Glass) that enables clinicians to connect to our service platform. Our MDSs observe the clinician-patient interaction, through an audio/video stream, and extract the relevant medical elements of that interaction. These elements serve as inputs for our proprietary note creation tool “Notebuilder” to automatically generate accurate sentences in the medical note, which is then uploaded into the patient’s chart contained within the EHR system. The EHR system is third-party software licensed by the healthcare clinic or system to manage patient charts.

Patient care in the United States is provided in ambulatory or clinical environments and hospitals. We focus most of our efforts in the ambulatory/clinical segment of the patient care market. Roughly 85% of the physicians who subscribe to our service are employed directly by, or are affiliated with, a healthcare enterprise. The remaining 15% consists of small practices and individual practitioners.

We have generated in excess of five million medical notes since we began offering our service and are currently delivering approximately 35,000 notes to our customers each week. We estimate that our solution saves doctors two to three hours each day which is time that they can redeploy to see more patients or improve their work-life balance. We believe the benefits to healthcare enterprises are increased productivity and higher clinician and patient satisfaction.

The current COVID-19 pandemic and resulting safety protocols have prompted a significant shift towards delivering health services remotely via telemedicine. Our technology platform was designed to enable real time, two-way communication between remotely located participants. As such, we were able to continue to provide uninterrupted service to our customers. We believe telemedicine will remain an important part of health services delivery even after the end of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also required modifications to how we deliver our service. While our general business model is to provide MDS service from central operating centers, local shelter in place orders have required us to shift to work-from-home for all employees and contracted employees. We will continue our work from home model until local conditions remove workplace restrictions and employees can safely work from our central operations centers. We instituted additional system controls to ensure compliance with our privacy practices.

Our technology vision is to automate as much of the medical note creation process as possible by applying Intelligent Automation. While the unstructured nature of a conversation between physician and patient creates limitations on how much note creation can ultimately be automated, we believe automation, even if partial, could generate significant benefits including improved operating efficiencies, higher-quality medical notes and a more uniform level of note quality.

Merger Agreement

On October 5, 2020, Malo Holdings Corporation, Acquisition Sub and Private Augmedix entered into a Merger Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on the Closing Date, Acquisition Sub merged with and into Private Augmedix, with Private Augmedix continuing as the surviving corporation and our wholly owned subsidiary. Following the consummation of the Merger, Private Augmedix changed its name to “Augmedix Operating Corporation.”

43

Table of Contents

On October 5, 2020, our board of directors and all of our stockholders approved a restated certificate of incorporation, which was effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 5, 2020 and through which we changed our name to “Augmedix, Inc.”

As a result of the Merger, we acquired the business of Private Augmedix, a provider of remote medical documentation and live clinical support services with a mission to rehumanize the clinician-patient relationship so that doctors can focus on what they do best — patient care. At the Effective Time, each of Private Augmedix’s shares of capital stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger was converted into the right to receive (a) 0.420864013 shares of our common stock (the “Common Share Conversion Ratio”) (in the case of shares held by accredited investors) or (b) $3.00 multiplied by the Common Share Conversion Ratio (in the case of shares held by unaccredited investors and those with an entitlement to shares of Private Augmedix’s capital stock), with the maximum number of shares of our common stock issuable to the former holders of Private Augmedix’s capital stock equal to 15,458,133 after adjustments due to rounding for fractional shares. Immediately prior to the Effective Time, an aggregate of 2,833,333 shares of our common stock owned by the stockholders of Malo Holdings Corporation prior to the Merger were forfeited and cancelled (the “Stock Forfeiture”).

In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) options to purchase 10,011,161 shares of Private Augmedix’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger under the 2013 Plan (as defined below) were assumed and converted into options to purchase 4,213,153 shares of our common stock, (ii) stock appreciation rights to purchase 601,768 shares of Private Augmedix’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger under the 2013 Plan were assumed and converted into stock appreciation rights to purchase 252,983 shares of our common stock (iii) warrants to purchase 6,576,565 shares of Private Augmedix’s 2019 Series B convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger were assumed and converted into warrants to purchase 2,767,836 shares of our common stock, and (iv) warrants to purchase 13,273 shares of Private Augmedix’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger were assumed and converted into warrants to purchase 5,585 shares of our common stock

Private Placement

Following the Effective Time of the Merger, we sold 8,472,188 shares of our common stock pursuant to an initial closing of a private placement offering for up to 10,000,000 shares of our common stock at $3.00 per share. On November 13, 2020, we had a second and final closing of the private placement and sold 666,667 shares at $3.00 (such sales of our common stock, the “Private Placement”).

COVID-19 Pandemic Update

In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving situation relating to the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic and in compliance with ongoing workplace restrictions orders and other government executive orders directing that all non-essential businesses close their physical operations, we have taken measures intended to help minimize the risk of transmitting the virus to our employees, our customers and the communities in which we participate, which could negatively impact our business. These measures include temporarily requiring most non-essential employees to work remotely, suspending all non-essential travel worldwide for our employees, canceling, postponing or holding virtually our sponsored events and discouraging employee attendance at industry events and in-person work-related meetings. While we have a distributed workforce and our employees are accustomed to working remotely or working with other remote employees, our workforce is not fully remote. Under normal conditions, our employees travel frequently to establish and maintain relationships with one another and with our customers, partners and investors.

The COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted revenue significantly from March 2020 to June 2020, as we experienced lower revenues due a significant number of Clinicians going on hold (i.e. temporarily pausing service as their patient volumes dropped dramatically) during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. During 2020, we implemented cost reduction actions across all functional disciplines of the Company, including headcount reductions and temporary salary reduction measures. We believe our cost reduction actions and current liquidity provide us with operating and financial flexibility to assist us in navigating through this uncertain environment.

44

Table of Contents

Our management team has, and will likely continue, to spend significant time, attention and resources monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic and seeking to manage its effects on our business and workforce. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and our precautionary measures may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time.

Key metrics

We regularly review the following key metrics to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections, make strategic business decisions and assess working capital needs.

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2020

 

Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021

Key Metrics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average clinicians in service headcount

 

 

555

 

 

 

665

 

Average annual revenue per clinician

 

$

29,344

 

 

$

29,500

 

Dollar-based net retention rate

 

 

114

%

 

 

120

%

Average Clinicians in Service Headcount:    We define a clinician in service as an individual doctor, nurse practitioner or other healthcare professional using our services. We average the month end number of clinicians in service for all months in the measurement period and the number of clinicians in service at the end of the month immediately preceding the measurement period. We believe growth in the average number of clinicians in service is a key indicator of the performance of our business as it demonstrates our ability to penetrate the market and grow our business. Most of our customer contracts contain minimum service levels that range from a low of 60 hours per month to a high of 200 hours per month. Higher hours per month equate to higher revenue per clinician. The average number of clinicians in service stood at 555 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and at 665 for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Average Annual Revenue Per Clinician:    Average revenue per clinician is determined as total revenue, excluding Data Services revenue, recognized during the period presented divided by the average number of clinicians in service during that same period. Using the number of clinicians in service at the end of each month, we derive an average number of clinicians in service for the periods presented. The average annual revenue per clinician will vary based upon minimum hours of service requested by clinicians, pricing, and our product mix. The average annual revenue per clinician decreased to approximately $29,000 in fiscal 2020 from $30,000 in fiscal 2019 due to the impact of COVID-19 pandemic from March to June 2020. The average annual revenue per clinician for the six months ended June 30, 2021 is $29,500.

Dollar-Based Net Retention Rate:    We define a “Health Enterprise” as a company or network of doctors that has at least 50 clinicians currently employed or affiliated that could utilize our services. Dollar-based net revenue retention is determined as the revenue from Health Enterprises as of twelve months prior to such period end as compared to revenue from these same Health Enterprises as of the current period end, or current period revenue. Current period revenue includes any expansion or new products and is net of contraction or churn over the trailing twelve months but excludes revenue from new Health Enterprises in the current period. We believe growth in dollar-based net revenue retention is a key indicator of the performance of our business as it demonstrates our ability to increase revenue across our existing customer base through expansion of users and products, as well as our ability to retain existing customers. Our annual dollar-based net revenue retention decreased to 114% in fiscal 2020 from 135% in fiscal 2019 with the decrease driven by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Our annual dollar-based net revenue retention for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was 120%. Growth from existing clients has historically represented a majority of our total revenue growth.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenues

Our revenues primarily consist of service fees we charge customers to subscribe to our remote medical documentation and clinical support solutions. We generate subscription fees pursuant to contracts that typically have initial terms of one year, automatically renew after the initial term and are subject to a 90-day cancellation notice after the initial one-year term. Customer attrition, as it pertains to our Enterprise clients is infrequent. In

45

Table of Contents

fiscal 2019, we did not lose any of our Health Enterprise clients nor have we lost any year to date in 2021. We lost three Health Enterprise clients in fiscal 2020, with the COVID-19 pandemic being the main contributing factor for these losses, but we also won three new Health Enterprise clients during the year. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of clinicians using our services, the minimum number of hours contracted per month, and the contracted monthly price. We typically invoice customers one to three months in advance for subscriptions to our services. For customers who use more than the minimum number of monthly hours, we have the ability to bill for the additional hours utilized at a prescribed contractual price. We also perform upfront implementation services such as ensuring adequate Wi-Fi capability of the clinician’s facilities, shipping devices and accessories to the clinician, testing, selecting and assigning MDSs, obtaining EHR credentials for the MDSs and clinician orientation. Revenues associated with implementation efforts are deferred until we go live with our service and then recognized ratably over the initial term of the contract.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

Cost of Revenues.    Our cost of revenues primarily consists of the cost of the MDSs, some of whom are employees of our MDS Vendors and some of whom are our employees, their direct supervisors, and clinician and technical support. Cost of revenues also consists of infrastructure costs to operate our SaaS-based platform such as hosting fees and fees paid to various third-party partners for access to their technology, plus hardware depreciation and cost of shipping for the devices and accessories we provide to our clinicians.

Gross Profit.    Our gross profit is calculated by subtracting our cost of revenues from revenues. Gross margin is expressed as a percentage of total revenues. Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period as revenues fluctuate, and as a result of the mix of MDS centers from which service is provided, operational efficiencies regarding the relationship between the number of MDSs and clinicians, product mix, and changes to our technology expenses and customer support.

Our gross profit varies by MDS center. We plan to focus on and grow the operations of the MDS centers with the best quality and highest gross margin. We intend to continue to invest additional resources in our platform infrastructure. We will also continue to invest in technology innovation, such as Notebuilder, to reduce the level of effort required by MDSs. We expect these optimization efforts and our investment in technology to expand the efficiency and capability of our platform, enabling us to improve our gross margin over time. Our new all-in pricing with vendors will create some gross margin headwinds. The level and timing of investment in these areas, plus the mix of MDS centers, could affect our cost of revenues in the future.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee compensation costs for operations management, finance, accounting, information technology, compliance, legal, and human resources personnel, and our business support team in Bangladesh. In addition, general and administrative expenses include non-personnel costs, such as facilities, legal, accounting, and other professional fees, as well as other supporting corporate expenses not allocated to other departments. We expect our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars as our business grows, but we expect general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percent of revenues in the coming years.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee compensation costs related to sales and marketing, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, costs of general marketing activities and promotional activities, travel-related expenses, and allocated overhead. Sales and marketing expenses also include costs for advertising and other marketing activities. Advertising is expensed as incurred. We expect our sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales and marketing efforts.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist of costs for the design, development, testing, and enhancement of our products and services and are generally expensed as incurred. These costs consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our development personnel.

46

Table of Contents

Research and development expenses also include direct MDS training costs, product management, third-party partner fees, and third-party consulting fees. We expect our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as our business grows, but that as a percent of revenues, R&D expenses are expected to decrease.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net consists primarily of the interest incurred on our debt obligations and the noncash interest expense associated with the amortization of debt discounts and contingent beneficial conversion feature associated with certain convertible notes payable. Interest expense is offset by any interest income we earn on our cash balances held in our interest-bearing savings account.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists primarily of the change in the fair value of warrants and income derived from a technology and a data partnership agreement we entered into in 2018. Any upfront payments received were deferred and were recognized over the term of the agreement. The agreement was terminated in June 2019 and any deferred revenues were immediately recognized. Included in other income (expense) is the change in the fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of 2019 Series B convertible preferred stock which were classified as liabilities and were subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until consummation of the Merger whereby the warrants were exchanged for warrants to receive shares of our common stock. Upon completing the exchange, the warrants were eligible for equity classification and no longer subject to re-measurement. Also included in other income (expense) are foreign currency gains and losses due to exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than our functional currency.

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the periods presented:

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Six Months
Ended June 30,
2021
(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

Revenues

 

$

16,483

 

 

$

14,108

 

 

$

9,963

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

9,689

 

 

 

9,429

 

 

 

5,426

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,794

 

 

 

4,679

 

 

 

4,537

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,567

 

 

 

10,861

 

 

 

6,749

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

4,398

 

 

 

3,583

 

 

 

3,302

 

Research and development

 

 

4,522

 

 

 

6,977

 

 

 

2,925

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

20,487

 

 

 

21,421

 

 

 

12,976

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(13,693

)

 

 

(16,742

)

 

 

(8,439

)

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,453

)

 

 

(2,812

)

 

 

(1,296

)

Interest income

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

(469

)

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

187

 

Total other income (expenses), net

 

 

(1,911

)

 

 

(1,756

)

 

 

(1,102

)

Net loss

 

$

(15,604

)

 

$

(18,498

)

 

$

(9,541

)

Comparison for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020:

Revenues

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

       

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Revenues

 

$

9,963

 

$

7,695

 

$

2,268

 

29

%

47

Table of Contents

Revenues increased 29%, or $2.3 million, to $10.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $7.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a 23% increase in the average number of clinicians in service, a 4% increase in ARPU due to lower service hours during the COVID-19 pandemic in the year ago quarter, with the remaining growth due to data services revenue. The increase in clinicians in service was driven predominately by our existing Health Enterprises adding physicians. Dollar-based net revenue retention was 120% in the six months ended June 30, 2021. Increases in revenue of $0.5 million were also attributable to the addition of new Health Enterprises during the six months ended June 30, 2021. The growth in the number of clinicians in service among our independent and small group customers added $0.3 million in revenue but was offset by the loss of $0.4 million of revenue from three Health Enterprises, predominantly due to the impact of COVID-19 on the financial health of those organizations.

 Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

       

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Cost of revenues

 

$

5,426

 

$

4,785

 

$

641

 

13

%

Cost of revenues increased $0.6 million to $5.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $4.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in MDS costs as clinicians in service grew during 2021. These increases were offset by a $0.1 million decrease in customer support and third-party hosting costs resulting from our operating efficiencies. The write-off of a lease provision associated with our previous office lease lowered our cost of revenue by $0.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021. As a result of operating efficiencies in our MDS operations, cloud hosting, and customer support, our gross margin was 45.5% during the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to 37.8% during the six ended June 30, 2020. During the first six months of 2020 we moved from paying our Vendors an upfront fee for successfully trained MDSs to all-in pricing, which includes both amortization of expected training costs and cost of services in the monthly ongoing rates our Vendors charge us. This change improved our cash flow and better aligns our interests with those of our Vendors, which we believe will produce better overall operating leverage long-term.

General and Administrative Expenses

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

       

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

$ Change

 

% Change

General and administrative

 

$

6,749

 

$

5,144

 

$

1,605

 

31

%

General and administrative expenses increased $1.6 million to $6.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $5.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.1 million increase in legal fees, professional fees, and incremental costs associated with being a public company and a $0.4 million increase due to COVID-19- related temporary salary reductions taken in the three months ending June 30, 2020. The increase was also due to a $0.1 million increase in facility related expenses due to our new lease, and from a $0.3 million increase in insurance costs. These increases were partially offset by a $0.1 million decline in operations management due to lower headcount driven by operation efficiency. General and administrative expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2021 were lowered by $0.1 million due to the write-off of a lease provision associated with our previous office lease and a $0.2 million gain as a result of negotiated reduction of previously invoiced transaction-related expenses.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

       

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Sales and marketing

 

$

3,302

 

$

2,058

 

$

1,244

 

60

%

48

Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses increased $1.2 million to $3.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $2.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to $0.6 million of additional salary related expense due to increased headcount in both our Customer Account Management and Sales teams in addition to higher commissions due to growing bookings. The increase was also attributable to an increase of $0.3 million in advertising spend, a $0.3 million increase in both internal marketing headcount and outsourced marketing services. Sales and marketing expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2021 were lowered by $0.04 million due to the write-off of a lease provision associated with our previous office lease.

Research and Development Expenses

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

       

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Research and development

 

$

2,925

 

$

2,476

 

$

449

 

18

%

Research and development expenses increased $0.4 million to $2.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $2.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million investment into engineering and product headcount offset by a $0.3 million reduction in our training expenses for new MDSs due to our new contract terms with our Vendors in how we pay for their training efforts, despite significantly increased numbers of clinicians going into service. Research and development expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2021 were lowered by $0.05 million due to the write-off of a lease provision associated with our previous office lease.

Other Income (Expenses)

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

       

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Interest expense

 

$

(1,296

)

 

$

(795

)

 

$

(501

)

 

63

%

Interest income

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

133

%

Other income (expenses), net

 

 

187

 

 

 

(137

)

 

 

324

 

 

(236

)%

   

$

(1,102

)

 

$

(929

)

 

$

(173

)

 

19

%

Our interest expense increased $0.5 million to $1.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to $0.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.2 million loss on debt extinguishment as a result of refinancing our debt and an increase of $0.3 million in interest expense from the new debt facility.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021 we received a $0.2 million grant from the Bangladesh government for our investments and expenditures in that country. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 we recognized $0.2 million of expense due to the warrant liability revaluation. Subsequent to the Merger, the warrants were eligible for equity classification and no longer subject to re-measurement.

Comparison for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Revenues

 

Year Ended December 31,

       

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Revenues

 

$

16,483

 

$

14,108

 

$

2,375

 

17

%

Revenues increased $2.4 million to $16.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $14.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to a 20% increase in the number of clinicians in service, partially offset by a lower ARPU due to Clinicians reducing their

49

Table of Contents

monthly minimum number of service levels during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in clinicians in service was driven predominately by our existing Health Enterprises adding physicians. Dollar-based net recurring revenue retention was 114% in the year ended December 31, 2020. Increases in revenue were also attributable to the addition of new Health Enterprises during the year ended December 31, 2020. These new Health Enterprises revenue increases were more than offset by the loss of three Health Enterprises, predominantly due to COVID-19 and a $0.3 million decrease in revenue attributable to the decline in the number of clinicians in service among our independent and small group customers. The overall number of customers among independent and small groups declined due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on this part of our end market and due to our focus on Health Enterprise clients.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

Year Ended December 31,

       

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Cost of revenues

 

$

9,689

 

$

9,429

 

$

260

 

3

%

Cost of revenues increased $0.3 million to $9.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $9.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in MDS costs as clinicians in service grew during 2020. These increases were offset by a $0.2 million decrease in customer support and third-party hosting costs resulting from our operating efficiencies. As a result of operating efficiencies in our MDS operations and customer support, our gross margin was 41% during the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 33% during the year ended December 31, 2019. During the first three months of 2020 we moved from paying our MDS Vendors an upfront fee for successfully trained MDSs to all-in pricing, which includes both amortization of expected training costs and cost of services in the monthly ongoing rates our MDS Vendors charge us. This change improves our cash flow and better aligns our interests with those of our MDS Vendors, which we believe will produce better overall operating leverage long-term.

General and Administrative Expenses

 

Year Ended December 31,

       

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Change

 

% Change

General and administrative

 

$

11,567

 

$

10,861

 

$

706

 

7

%

General and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million to $11.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $10.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.3 million increase in legal and professional fees as we completed the Merger and prepared to become a public company and from a $0.2 million increase in employee compensation costs as a result of an increase in our executive headcount. These increases were largely offset by a $0.4 million decline in employee compensation expense for COVID-19 pandemic related temporary reductions in salary and a $0.4 million decrease in overhead and travel costs.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

Year Ended December 31,

       

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Sales and marketing

 

$

4,398

 

$

3,583

 

$

815

 

23

%

Sales and marketing expenses increased $0.8 million to $4.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $3.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily attributable an increase of $0.9 million in employee compensation as a result of an increase in our sales professional headcount and related commissions and an increase of $0.1 million in advertising spend. These increases were offset by a $0.1 million decrease in customer onboarding costs resulting from operational efficiencies and a $0.2 million decrease in customer account management compensation due to the COVID-19 pandemic related temporary reductions.

50

Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

 

Year Ended December 31,

       

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Research and development

 

$

4,522

 

$

6,977

 

$

(2,455

)

 

(35

)%

Research and development expenses decreased $2.5 million to $4.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $7.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $2.3 million reduction in our training expenses for new MDSs due to both the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020 reducing our need to train new MDSs and due to our new contract terms with our vendors in how we pay for their training efforts. Engineering and product expenses each decreased $0.1 million mainly due to the COVID-19 pandemic related temporary salary reductions.

Other Income (Expense)

 

Year Ended December 31,

       

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Interest expense

 

$

(1,453

)

 

$

(2,812

)

 

$

1,359

 

 

(48

)%

Interest income

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

5

 

 

83

%

Other income (expense)

 

 

(469

)

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

(1,519

)

 

(145

)%

   

$

(1,911

)

 

$

(1,756

)

 

$

(155

)

 

9

%

Our interest expense decreased $1.4 million to $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to a beneficial conversion feature expense on our convertible debt and one-time non-cash interest expense related to a debt amendment, both recorded in the third quarter of 2019.

Other income (expense) decreased $1.5 million to $0.5 million of expense during the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $1.0 million of income during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to $1.0 million of income related to a partnership arrangement that ended on June 30, 2019 at which time which we immediately recognized all remaining deferred revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2020 we received a $0.2 million grant from the Bangladesh government for our investments and expenditures in that country and we recognized $0.7 million of additional expense due to the warrant liability revaluation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash raised from private sales of common stock, preferred stock previous to 2020, and cash from borrowings under various facilities, which are further described below. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash resources of $23.0 million which included $2.2 million of restricted cash as a requirement in connection with our debt arrangements. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash resources of $16.7 million. Since Private Augmedix’s inception in 2013 until today, we have financed our operations primarily through the private sale of over $130 million of preferred and common stock and from various debt arrangements. As described in Footnote 1 of our audited financial statements and Footnote 1 of our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, we have incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and have an accumulated deficit at December 31, 2020 of $83.9 million and at June 30, 2021 $93.4 million. We have relied on debt and equity financing to fund operations to date and we expect losses and negative cash flows to continue, primarily as a result of continued research, development and marketing efforts. Our recent debt refinancing and cash balance will provide sufficient resources to meet working capital needs for over twelve months from the filing date of the June 30, 2021 Form 10-Q. Over the longer term, if we do not generate sufficient revenue from new and existing products, additional debt or equity financing may be required along with a reduction in expenditures.

51

Table of Contents

Additionally, there is no assurance if we require additional future financing that such financing will be available on terms, which are acceptable to us, or at all. The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 

Six Months Ended
June 30

 

Year Ended
December 31,

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

2020

 

2019

Cash (used in) provided by

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

(7,853

)

 

(8,552

)

 

$

(14,399

)

 

$

(14,645

)

Investing activities

 

 

(318

)

 

(315

)

 

 

(647

)

 

 

(823

)

Financing activities

 

 

1,884

 

 

2,678

 

 

 

26,417

 

 

 

17,167

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

 

 

(1

)

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(10

)

Net increase in cash and restricted cash

 

 

(6,288

)

 

(6,192

)

 

$

11,370

 

 

$

1,689

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities was $14.4 million and $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 principally resulted from our net loss of $15.6 million, which includes non-cash charges of $2.2 million, and positive changes in working capital of $1.0 million. Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 principally resulted from our net loss of $18.5 million, which includes non-cash charges of $2.6 million, and negative changes in working capital of $1.2 million.

Cash used in operating activities was $7.9 million and $8.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2021 principally resulted from our net loss of $9.5 million, which includes non-cash charges of $1.6 million, and decreases in working capital of $0.1 million. Cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 principally resulted from our net loss of $7.7 million, which includes non-cash charges of $1.2 million, and increases in working capital of $2.0 million.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $0.6 and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Cash used in investing activities resulted from capital expenditures of property and equipment for all periods presented.

Cash used in investing activities was $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. Cash used in investing activities resulted from capital expenditures of property and equipment for all periods presented.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 of $26.4 million principally resulted from $24.3 million in net proceeds from sale of our common stock, $2.2 million in debt proceeds and $0.5 million in proceeds from the sale of our convertible preferred stock which were offset by $0.6 million in payments made to unaccredited investors in connection with the Merger.

Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 of $17.2 million principally resulted from proceeds from the sale of our 2019 convertible preferred stock and the issuance of our convertible promissory notes of $15.3 million and $3.3 million, respectively, less $1.4 million in payments of principal on our notes payable.

Cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2021 of $1.9 million principally resulted from $15.0 million in debt proceeds and $0.1 million of proceeds from exercise of stock options which was offset by $13.0 million in repayment of the existing debt agreements and $0.2 million in payments for financing costs related to the new debt arrangement.

52

Table of Contents

Cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2020 of $2.7 million principally resulted from proceeds from the issuance of our convertible promissory notes and PPP Loan for the amounts of $0.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020:

 

Payments due by period

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 3 years

 

4 – 5 years

 

More than
5 years

Short-term debt obligations (excluding interest)

 

$

2,894

 

$

2,894

 

$

 

$

 

$

Long-term debt obligations (excluding interest)

 

 

12,242

 

 

3,719

 

 

8,523

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

3,114

 

 

340

 

 

1,723

 

 

1,051

 

 

 

Total

 

$

18,250

 

$

6,953

 

$

10,246

 

$

1,051

 

$

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of June 30, 2021 (unaudited):

 

Payments due by period

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 3 years

 

4 – 5 years

 

More than
5 years

Short-term debt obligations (excluding interest)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Long-term debt obligations (excluding interest)

 

 

18,295

 

 

 

 

11,170

 

 

7,125

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

3,050

 

 

276

 

 

1,723

 

 

1,051

 

 

  

Total

 

$

21,345

 

$

276

 

$

12,893

 

$

8,176

 

$

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, we do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Our most significant estimates and judgments involve the identification of performance obligations in revenue recognition and valuation of our warrant liability and stock-based compensation, including the underlying deemed estimated fair value of our preferred and common stock. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We account for revenue from contracts with clients by applying the requirements of Topic 606, which includes the following steps:

• Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a client;

• Identification of the performance obligations in a contract;

• Determination of the transaction price;

53

Table of Contents

• Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

• Recognition of revenue when, or as, performance obligations are satisfied.

Revenues are recognized when services are delivered to our clients, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services. For our Live service revenue recognized is based on the minimum amount per month, plus any additional hours delivered. For our Notes service, revenue recognized is based on the number of visiting notes, i.e. doctor patient visits, per month, and the contracted price per visit note, or based on recording time and the contracted price per hour.

We generate subscription fees for access to our remote medical documentation and clinical support solutions for telemedicine, medical offices, clinics and hospitals. Our clients are typically billed monthly or quarterly in advance. Subscription revenues are recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Implementation revenue is recognized over the initial term of the contract. We recognize revenue from data services contracts based on hours worked.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize the grant-date fair value of stock-based awards issued as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. To date, we have not issued awards where vesting is subject to performance or market conditions. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the time of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the use of inputs and assumptions such as the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, exercise price of the option, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and dividend yield, the most critical of which is the estimated fair value of our common stock.

The estimated fair value of each grant of stock options awarded during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 were determined using the following methods and assumptions:

• Estimated fair value of common stock.    As our common stock has not historically been publicly traded, our board of directors periodically estimates the fair value of our common stock considering, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our preferred and common stock prepared by an independent third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2013 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

• Expected term.    Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and the lack of sufficient company-specific historical data, the expected term of employee stock options is determined using the “simplified” method, as prescribed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107 (SAB 107), Share-Based Payment, whereby the expected life equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.

• Risk-free interest rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate payable on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the time of grant for a period that is commensurate with the assumed expected term.

• Expected volatility.    The expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of peer companies within our industry which were commensurate with the expected term assumption, as described in SAB 107.

• Dividend yield.    We assume a dividend yield of 0% because we have never paid, and for the foreseeable future do not expect to pay, a dividend on our common stock.

The inputs and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different inputs and assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards.

In valuing our common and preferred stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business by taking a combination of the income and market approaches.

54

Table of Contents

The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of its future estimated cash flows and the residual value of the company beyond the forecast period. These future values are discounted to their present values using a discount rate which is derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in us achieving these estimated cash flows. For the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method by analyzing a population of comparable companies and selected those technology companies that we considered to be the most comparable to us in terms of product offerings, revenue, margins and growth. We then used these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios, which are then applied to our corresponding financial metrics to estimate our equity value.

The enterprise values determined by the income and market approaches were then allocated to our common stock using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM.

The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on a company’s enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of an assumed liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the price of the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

Given the absence of a public trading market for our capital stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including: 

• our business, financial condition and results of operations, including related industry trends affecting our operations;

• the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or the sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions;

• the lack of marketability of our preferred and common stock;

• the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

• United States and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook.

Once our common stock was quoted on the OTCQX, it was not necessary to use estimates to determine the fair value of the common stock. In addition, as all of our preferred stock was converted into common stock, we are no longer needed to estimate the fair value of preferred stock.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. We have elected to early adopt certain new accounting standards, as described in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 2 to our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

55

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to re-humanize healthcare by enabling doctors to practice medicine centered on patients. Our solution helps relieve the burden of medical note documentation so that doctors can focus on what they do best — patient care.

Overview

The medical note documentation burden in the United States is significant and is a major contributor to physician burnout. According to a 2019 study in the Annals of Internal Medicine, physician burnout costs the U.S. healthcare industry $4.6 billion per year due to lost productivity and higher turnover, with the cost of replacing a single physician estimated to be between $100,000 and $1 million. It also is adversely impacting industry productivity because the considerable amount of time spent on documentation that could be better utilized by seeing more patients.

Healthcare practitioners in the United States often look to outsourced solutions to handle their documentation. There are various solutions that are marketed to clinicians (which include licensed physicians, nurse practitioners and physicians’ assistants, but not registered nurses). These range in scope from self-serve dictation tools to comprehensive technology-enabled medical note documentation solutions. We are a provider of a comprehensive technology-enabled medical note documentation solution that also provides supplemental clinical support to the U.S. healthcare industry.

Augmedix, Inc. was incorporated in 2013 and launched its commercial real-time, remote documentation services in 2014. We provide software that is compatible with off-the-shelf mobile client devices (smartphones or Google Glass) which enables clinicians to communicate with MDSs. Our MDSs observe the clinician-patient interaction through an audio/video stream and extract the relevant medical elements of that interaction. These elements are used by our proprietary note creation tool “Notebuilder” to automatically generate accurate sentences in the medical note, which is uploaded into the patient’s chart contained within the EHR system. The EHR system is third-party software licensed by the healthcare clinic or system to manage patient charts.

Patient care in the United States is provided in ambulatory or clinical environments and hospitals. We focus most of our efforts in the ambulatory/clinical segment of the patient care market. Roughly 85% of the physicians who subscribe to our service are employed directly by, or are affiliated with, a healthcare enterprise. The remaining 15% consists of small practices and individual practitioners.

We have generated in excess of five million medical notes since we began offering our service and are currently delivering about 35,000 notes to our customers each week. We estimate that our solution saves doctors two to three hours each day which is time that they can redeploy to see more patients or improve their work-life balance. We believe the benefits to healthcare enterprises are increased productivity and higher clinician and patient satisfaction.

The current COVID-19 pandemic and resulting safety protocols have prompted a shift towards delivering health services remotely via telemedicine. Our technology platform was designed to enable real-time, two-way communication between remotely located participants. We believe telemedicine will remain an important part of health services delivery even after the end of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also required modifications to how we deliver our service. While our general business model is to provide MDS service from central operating centers, local shelter-in-place orders and safety restrictions have required us to shift to work-from-home for most employees and contracted employees. We will continue our work from home model until and to the extent that local conditions allow for more employees to safely work from our operations centers. Further, we instituted additional system controls to ensure compliance with our privacy practices.

56

Table of Contents

Our technology vision is to automate as much of the medical note creation process as possible by applying an approach referred to as “Intelligent Automation.” While the unstructured nature of a conversation between physician and patient creates limitations on how much note creation can ultimately be automated, we believe automation, even if partial, generates significant benefits including improved operating efficiencies, higher-quality medical notes, and a more uniform level of note quality.

Our Intelligent Automation approach toward achieving note automation is different than that being pursued by other participants in our industry. Our approach is based upon our belief that technicians will be a necessary part of the note creation process for a long time. We use widely available technology today to mine our data sets and help us build the proprietary models needed to enable automation. However, we use such technology to build tools that our MDSs can use to automate some of the principal tasks in the note creation process rather than requiring significant changes or structure to the clinician’s workflow.

Our Industry

Accurate medical records are indispensable to quality patient care. The cornerstone of any medical record system is proper recording of a patient’s examination as it occurs. Pen and paper, either in the hands of a physician or an in-person documentation specialist, was the traditional method of producing medical notes, but in the hands of a caregiver, this method can be both time consuming and subject to subsequent misinterpretation due to illegibility or other factors. Misinterpretation of the information actually recorded can lead to confusion regarding the patient’s condition and/or clinician services provided. Further, there has been a significant increase volume of medical information required as well as an increase in the number of recipients.

The advent of computerized record systems that are now an integral part of the healthcare landscape as a result of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH”) has ushered in a new era of record keeping in which medical records are stored as electronic text and data that enhances legibility and has the potential to be more thorough. Furthermore, computerized record systems can be instantly accessed by numerous practitioners at the same time, which has enabled medical practitioners to instantly share medical records with each other for mutually served patients.

The enormous resources expended on medical documentation has burdened the healthcare industry and caused many organizations, as well as individual practitioners, to look towards outsourcing solutions. Existing EHR medical record systems are generally cumbersome for practitioners to use due to their highly structured nature and regimented user interfaces, which can restrict data entry and be quite time consuming. For example, ordering a single flu shot using these systems can take up to 32 clicks to complete. Today, we estimate that up to one-third of a doctor’s day is consumed by the required and complex interactions with the EHR. This can lead to many physicians authoring their notes hours or days after the actual patient visit. Physicians also need to invest significant time to familiarize themselves with the EHR whenever a new EHR is adopted or whenever an update to an existing EHR is introduced. These issues are compounded by the fragmented nature of the EHR space, with over 700 different EHRs available in the United States, the largest of which are Epic, Cerner, Allscripts, and Athena.

The principal legacy tools and solutions (manual, or existing EHR solutions) are not ideally suited to the changing U.S. healthcare landscape. Automated dictation tools have evolved such that they convert speech to text with minimal errors, however, they demand a great deal of the clinician’s time to convert the relevant aspects of their interactions with patients into a cogent, accurate, and comprehensive medical note. The in-person documentation specialist, one of the most prevalent out-sourced solutions, has been severely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, which reduced the ability for such personnel to be physically present at the point of care delivery.

Our Opportunity

We believe that we have the opportunity to serve the ambulatory/clinical segment of the U.S. patient care services market with solutions that address medical note documentation needs. Our solutions cater to large and small healthcare organizations but can also be adopted by individual practitioners. There are approximately 1.1 million physicians in the United States and approximately 88% of these, or 980,000, work within the specialties that we currently cover. Of these, approximately 30%, or 295,000 (who manage approximately 1.2 billion patient

57

Table of Contents

visits annually), fall within the productivity parameters we establish as the best prospects for realizing the highest customer ROIs. Using an average current subscription price of $1,800 per doctor per month, we believe that our total addressable market in the United States is approximately $6.0 billion annually.

Our existing customers employ directly, or are affiliated with, approximately 200,000 physicians. We estimate there are about 50,000 addressable physicians within this group, which translates to a $1.0 billion opportunity annually. As such, our existing enterprise healthcare customers represent about 17% of the total U.S. addressable market.

In addition to physicians who work in the ambulatory or clinical setting of healthcare centers, there are approximately 57,000 emergency department physicians in the United States today which would increase the size of our total addressable market. We are currently rolling out our emergency department offering, which had been successfully tested during the second half of 2020 at a hospital in California. Penetration of this segment would increase the size of our total addressable market.

The Benefits of our Services

The core value of our service is relieving the medical note documentation burden placed on clinicians. According to Physician Compensation Report and National Physician Report, it is estimated that clinicians spend one-third of their day on non-revenue generating documentation activity as of 2019. We leverage technology and services to address the core documentation challenges of clinicians. Our solution saves this time while improving clinical documentation and quality measures for reimbursement. We believe our solution leads to higher patient satisfaction, as clinicians can focus their entire attention on their patients instead of having to disrupt the natural flow of discourse in order to write, type or dictate the medical note themselves during the visit.

For our Live (as defined below) customers, we also provide care reminders, orders and referrals, which enhance our value proposition. Care reminders are text notifications we provide physicians during their interactions with patients that point out areas that should be addressed by the physician with the patient. Our MDSs source the information for such reminders from the patient’s EHR, which physicians sometimes do not have time to review thoroughly prior to the patient visit. Examples of reminders include notifications of medication contraventions, vaccinations or preventive screening tests due.

Our value proposition is anchored on the time savings we generate for our users. We can save certain clinicians up to two to three hours per day in paperwork administration, depending on their patient volume. Our documentation solution increases productivity by up to 20% as well as increase certain clinicians’ satisfaction with work-life balance by 49%, according to internal management studies and customer satisfaction surveys. We have created a data driven sales approach with health systems to evaluate productivity and charting efficiency of all eligible providers. Understanding each individual clinician’s efficiency enables us to clearly identify their potential ROI and provide the health system with a credible estimate of the expected ROI at the enterprise level.

Our service has demonstrated its effect on improving the top-line of our enterprise customers. Based upon actual results of a study we conducted of representative cohort of 100 physicians from one of our enterprise customers, our service can be expected to generate an estimated $4.12 million of net revenue over a 12-month period for every cohort of 100 doctors, made up of 63 primary care physicians and 37 specialty doctors. For these purposes, we define net revenue as the gross improvement in revenue less the fees paid to Augmedix. The same study showed an average increase in hourly productivity of 14.8% and 16.1% for primary care physicians and specialists, respectively. We believe the economic benefit of a high ROI, coupled with increased clinician’s satisfaction and the inherent tight integration into the clinician’s workflow, are the primary drivers behind our high net revenue retention rate, which stood at 129% as for the quarter ended June 30, 2021.

What Sets Us Apart

Since we developed our concept of virtual, real time medical note documentation, several companies have entered the field. To varying degrees, each offers a solution that addresses the documentation burden faced by physicians. We believe that our service is distinct from these other providers because our solution addresses every aspect of the documentation burden placed upon clinicians.

58

Table of Contents

At its core, our service is predicated upon four foundational elements, each of which is critical in relieving a clinician’s documentation burden. We believe we are one of the few services among our peers to offer all four.

We leverage the ambient conversation between physician and patient as the input source for the medical notes we produce. This results in the greatest time savings for physicians, as they do not have to expend time on extraneous functions to transmit the information to the MDS. It also results in higher patient satisfaction since physicians are not required to alter their natural interaction with patients.

Furnishing doctors with mobile devices, through which they access our service, provides them with freedom of movement, which is essential as they see patients in several exam rooms and as they communicate with their MDS while they travel between exam rooms and their office. And as physicians have had to embrace telehealth during the COVID-19 pandemic, having a mobile device enables them to connect to the service from the safety of their home.

Our MDSs are remotely located and as a result, our services are less intrusive than an in-person documentation specialist and allow for a more comfortable environment for patients. The remote nature of our services also allows us to recruit from a large and geographically diverse pool of candidates. The vast majority of our MDSs are currently located in South Asia. Importantly, we have not been impacted by the restrictions placed on in-person documentation specialists by many healthcare organizations.

Finally, our Live (as defined below) service is real time. Real time offers significant benefits to physicians as it allows them the peace of mind that their documentation is completed when they are done with a patient visit, thus eliminating the need to recall what occurred during the typical 15-30 patient visits they service each day. More importantly, it allows for real time interactivity between the physician and MDS. This is critical in addressing any ambiguities in the information observed by the MDS and results in a higher quality medical note. Further, it enables us to deliver valuable clinical support services that our customers are increasingly demanding, such as care reminders, order processing and referrals. Delivery of such additional services increases our utility to our customers.

Our Services and Business Model

We provide two primary subscription services, each of which feature best practices medical note documentation. Our MDSs are trained experts who use our proprietary software to deliver timely and clinically accurate medical notes.

• Augmedix Live.    In our real time service, branded “Live”, dedicated trained MDSs provide medical documentation and live clinical support. We provide clinicians special purpose mobile devices to connect to their assigned MDS and stream the audio and video of patient visits. Clinicians may choose to use a smartphone or a Google Glass unit as their preferred mobile device to connect with their assigned MDS. The client devices are owned and managed by us and are an integral part of the service offering. Our MDS is a member of the care team and engages in two-way communication with the clinician during the shift. The MDS is responsible for creating and entering the medical note into the patient’s EHR chart for final review by the clinician. MDSs also prepare pending orders and referral letters and provide reminders regarding clinical matters throughout the shift. This service is offered as an annual subscription with various tiers based upon committed monthly MDS hourly support. If the clinician’s service needs change, tiers may be adjusted periodically to provide a better reflection of actual service usage.

• Augmedix Notes.    We launched our non-real time offering, branded “Notes,” in mid-2020. In our Notes offering, MDSs provide medical documentation based upon recorded visits. We furnish clinicians a smartphone to record the audio and video for patient visits during a shift. Google Glass is not currently offered as a client device for the Notes service. The MDS creates and enters the medical note into the patient’s EHR chart for final review by the clinician. Notes are delivered no later than the next business day and generally prior to the beginning of the clinician’s next shift. This service is offered on a monthly subscription basis with pricing based upon the monthly number of clinic hours in the clinician’s schedule. Our Notes service is priced at a substantial discount from our Live service.

59

Table of Contents

Our Competition

We compete on the basis of price, quality of service offered, breadth of services and uniqueness of service. We believe our competitors fall into three broad categories.

• Dictation software providers.    Uncustomized dictation software provides a Do-It-Yourself tool for those clinicians who prefer to create their own medical notes. It is the lowest cost solution but also provides the least utility to the clinician and is at most risk of error. Several of our enterprise customers also provide their clinicians with dictation tools. Examples include Dragon, an offering of Nuance Communications, Inc. and Fluency from M-Modal, a subsidiary of 3M Corporation.

• Third-party, non-real time medical note generators.    Non-real time solutions are substantially more costly than dictation software but provide more value to clinicians because they more accurately capture and reflect the ambient conversation between clinician and patient which they use as their primary input source. Through our Notes service, we are a participant in the non-real time segment of the market. Our Notes service differentiates itself from other market participants primarily on the basis of price, note quality and its flexibility as it relates to the clinician’s workflow. Other market participants include IKS Healthcare, AQuity, Robin Healthcare, Nuance DAX and DeepScribe.

• Real time medical note documentation services.    These solutions deliver the most value to physicians given their timeliness and synchronous nature. Clinicians can expect to see considerable time savings by minimizing any downstream editing as any ambiguities are dealt with at the time they arise. The largest participant in this sector, Scribe America, provides this service in-person. In-person solutions have drawbacks, however, including personnel restrictions within many healthcare facilities today due to the COVID-19 pandemic safety protocols or other factors. Another major challenge is the available supply of qualified candidates to fill the role of documentation specialist, which is limited to the geographic location of the clinician. Additionally, some patients are uncomfortable in the presence of an unfamiliar non-clinician in the exam room. Our real time solution — Live — differentiates itself from current providers by leveraging remotely located specialists. AQuity is another participant in this segment.

Our Growth Strategy

There are over 1.1 million physicians in the United States, of which 69% work for, or are affiliated with, a health system. Our current customer accounts, together, employ directly, or have affiliations with, a total of approximately 200,000 physicians, of which we currently serve a very small fraction. Our growth strategy is focused on five areas:

• Expand our relationship with current large physician group and health systems customers.    Historically, our growth has been fueled by reducing physician burnout for high producing physicians. This approach has led to slow and steady growth since our inception. Our data-driven approach to expand existing accounts identifies physicians whose productivity is below targeted levels as a result of their documentation burden. We believe proactively identifying these physicians and demonstrating the value of our service will help accelerate growth within our existing client base.

• Sell new products in our existing and new health systems.    The 2020 launch of Notes will help us expand our relationship with existing customers as Notes unlocks new segments of clinicians at a lower price point from our Live service. We also recently launched our Emergency Department offering that expands our total addressable market and provides a new entry point into new health systems. We will continue to expand our offerings where we have data and assets that provide us a competitive advantage.

• Sell our products to new health systems and large physician groups.    Our sales team consistently seeks to identify health systems and large physician groups that we believe will benefit from our service. We believe that the attributes of potential customers most suited to our solution include

60

Table of Contents

physicians that struggle with documentation efficiency, customers that seek to transition to value-based care, and customers that are in geographic locations where the workforce is not suited to assist physicians with documentation due to cost or lack of skills.

• Target sales to small practices and independent physicians.    A portion of our potential customers include individual physicians that are not affiliated with health systems or large physician groups. We aim to contract with these parties directly for our services using a transactional sales model.

• Leverage channel partnerships to drive sales.    We believe our position in the exam room may be attractive to potential partners with adjacent offerings. Examples could include data analytics companies working to provide physicians with clinical insights, EHR companies that are trying to reduce the documentation burden their software creates, pharmaceutical companies that seek physician participation in clinical trials, and practice management companies.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, the ratio of Lifetime Value (calculated by Annual Churn Percentage (i.e., the number of clinicians in service that permanently stop using our service in a year divided by the average number of clinicians in service during that year) multiplied by expected contribution margin, the “LTV”) to customer acquisition cost (calculated by dividing the sales and marketing spend in the previous quarter by the number of new clinicians added in the most recent quarter, plus the onboarding costs in the most recent quarter divided by the number of go lives (i.e., when a clinician completes onboarding and first begins using one of our services during a given month) in the most recent quarter, “CAC”) was approximately six. Further, during the fourth quarter of 2020, the payback period (calculated by CAC divided by the expected contribution profit in the first year multiplied by 12) was approximately 12 months.

Our Technology Platform

Our Technology Strategy

Our technology strategy is focused on providing tools to MDSs to render our medical note documentation service efficiently. The technology that we provide to clinicians is familiar and simple to operate. Clinicians are provided a single purpose mobile device with a simple-to-use application for ease of use. Each component of our technology platform — from the streaming data channel, to its visual and audio presentation within the MDS cockpit, to the software used by the MDSs to create the note — are designed to comply with HIPAA standards pertaining to data security.

Our platform is remote and mobile thus, is suited to support both in person and telemedicine visits. The devices that we provide to clinicians can be used to capture telemedicine visits regardless of the telehealth platform used by the clinician. We render a seamless service experience as the clinician moves from telephone calls, to video calls, to in person visits. Our devices follow the clinician ensuring that the connection between clinician and our service platform remains intact during the clinician’s entire shift. Additionally, we have developed some integration of our platform with certain telehealth platforms to further facilitate the experience for both our MDSs and our customers.

Augmedix Platform Overview

Our technology platform consists of three primary components.

• Clinician Device.    The clinician’s interface device, either a Smartphone (“Phone”) or Google Glass device (“Glass”) is used during patient encounters to enable remote audio/video feed of the visit. Our proprietary single purpose app (“Doc App”) that runs on the Phone and/or Glass facilitates secure communication between the clinician and the service platform.

• MDS Cockpit.    The MDS conducts their work in a proprietary web application (the “MDS Cockpit”). The audio and video stream captured through the clinician’s device is transmitted to the MDS Cockpit. The MDS accesses the stream or recording, the Notebuilder and other communication/software tools, through the MDS Cockpit. The MDS can communicate with the doctor through the MDS Cockpit to obtain clarification and provide additional clinical support.

61

Table of Contents

• Streaming Service.    The clinician device and the MDS Cockpit are linked by a common layer of servers that establish secure connections and signal handling for streaming audio/visual feeds and other data interactions between the Doc App and MDS Cockpit. The visit is live streamed for the Live service and recorded for playback in the Notes service.

Clinician Devices and Doc App

We provide multiple third-party device options for clinicians, each of which is configured with a proprietary Doc App. We offer a standalone Smartphone Doc App that runs on a Smartphone with an Android operating system. The Doc App provides real time streaming and instant messaging so that the MDS can communicate in real time with the clinician. We also offer a standalone Android Doc App that runs on Google Glass which also provides real time streaming and instant messaging functionality. Our system also features a third Doc App for Notes service. All versions of our Doc App contain features for connecting, communicating, and streaming audio and video to the server. All Android devices in production are locked-down to ensure the security and integrity of the device.

MDS Cockpit

The MDS Cockpit is a web application that MDSs use for their day-to-day activities. The MDS views the audio/video stream from the clinician’s device and uses Notebuilder, third party speech to text and other software tools within this application to capture and document the patient visit. The MDS can direct-message or ask, via a secure audio channel, clarifying questions to the clinician during the shift. All stored data is encrypted with AES-256 bit encryption at rest and TLS in transit. Storage is necessary for note preparation, note completion and quality assurance.

“Intelligent Automation” through Notebuilder

We use Intelligent Automation, a combination of software and human intervention, to facilitate and automate the medical note creation process. Our Notebuilder application is a patent pending proprietary software tool that leverages structured data to facilitate medical note creation by the MDS. According to our internal studies, the Notebuilder tool allows the MDS to complete the medical note up to 50% faster than manual documentation using free text. We continue to improve the Notebuilder and other documentation tools with the intent of maximizing the level of automation we employ to create medical notes.

The Notebuilder displays options which the MDS selects to document relevant patient medical information. The menu of options is curated based upon the patient demographic, medical specialty, visit type and nature of complaint(s). The MDS makes selections related to the conditions reported, timing, frequency and context, of symptoms as well as current medications and treatments, if applicable. The MDS uses Notebuilder to make selections that populate three core sections of the Medical Note: (i) History of Present Illness, (ii) Physical Exam and (iii) Assessment and Plan. We have also implemented machine learning feedback loops to generate Notebuilder suggestions. Selection options are dynamically supplied as the MDS makes entries, displaying the most relevant selections for medications, tests, imaging, procedures, diagnoses and treatments. As Notebuilder utilization increases, suggestions improve and reflect changing conditions and results in real time. As options are selected by the MDS, Notebuilder automatically generates medically correct natural language sentences summarizing the medical visit in a properly organized medical note for insertion into the patient’s EHR chart.

Notebuilder allows customizations based upon specialty, clinic or individual clinician preferences. Specific clinician preference templates can be saved within the tool and used by the MDS as needed. The Notebuilder provides the MDS with access to medical data sets such as a medication database with dosages, frequency and related side effects.

Notebuilder was initially released in early 2020 and rolled out to all MDSs by December 31, 2020. Product development efforts are ongoing to enhance the features of Notebuilder by increasing the level of automation and adding more specialties and medical data sets.

62

Table of Contents

Automatic Speech Recognition (ASR or Speech-to-Text)

Augmedix deploys ASR to further de-burden the MDS workflow and significantly improve operating ratios. Within the MDS Cockpit, there is a specialized pane that displays the multi-party diarized transcript between the clinician and the patient. With this transcript in view, the MDS can more rapidly fast-forward to conversational points of interest and skip past points of irrelevance. Viewing the transcript in totality, in text scannable form, lowers the cognitive burden of processing a complex clinician-patient conversation.

Augmedix has contracted with major technology companies to obtain premier access to highly customized and medically tuned versions of ASR models. These technology companies have also provided Augmedix with custom economic arrangements to invoke ASR models in ways that are affordable to Augmedix and meet the company’s unit economics goals. These ASR models are customized to Augmedix’s needs and allow Augmedix to preserve its security and compliance obligations to its customers.

Additionally, as part of the Augmedix R&D roadmap, ASR models are being customized and enhanced to further inform Notebuilder suggestion prompts, further de-burden the MDS workflow and enhance Augmedix’s machine learning flywheel with less human intervention.

Platform Architecture

We use state-of-the-art, HIPAA-secure cloud infrastructure to host all of our production applications, web services, data-channels, audio-video streaming platforms, databases, and data processing servers for Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning (“AI/ML”). We use a WebRTC platform that employs Android and JavaScript WebRTC SDKs to enable highly secure audio and video for our service.

Audio Video Streaming Service

Our platform is hosted inside HIPAA-secure third-party cloud infrastructure. Communication to and from our platform is encrypted end-to-end and aligned with HIPAA regulations. Each streaming server is load balanced and has redundant capacity to ensure 100% fault tolerance. We provide periodic updates to the platform. Each streaming server is a secured EC2 instance, hosting dockerized containers for streaming servers (Janus MCU, TURN), proxy and load balancer. If applicable, clinician-patient conversation audio files are stored in HIPAA-secure disk/block storage attached to the EC2 instances and at the end of day uploaded to Amazon Web Services S3 blob storage.

Security

DTLS-SRTP is used to ensure end-to-end security. Audio-video data is encrypted with AES 128 bit encryption. AES 128 key exchange happens over ECDHE_ECDSA with P-256 curve during DTLS handshake. Signaling happens over HTTPS/TLS 1.2 channel using RSA 2048 bit encryption.

Data Channel

A dedicated data channel is required to cover critical communication between the MDSs and clinicians. The channel is such that the conversation between the clinician and the MDS happens in a “room.” Each of the rooms work like a typical chat room with each shift comprising a session. The conversations usually include typical routine IMs, signals, switches to activate, deactivate or change state of certain components running in our Doc App and MDS Portal. The MDS Portal and Doc App both interact with the data channel over a secure network. The data channel consists of multiple nodes behind a Network Load Balancer (“NLB”) to ensure horizontal scalability and fault tolerance. Each of the nodes provides a full-duplex secure WebSocket connection to maintain a persistent connection with clients and uses Redis pub/sub mechanism to load balance users among different nodes.

Data

All web applications and our Doc App web services store data inside HIPAA-secure databases. The databases store administrative information relating to clinicians and MDSs. We temporarily store audio and text data on the HIPAA-secure servers to accommodate operational processes including training, quality assurance and

63

Table of Contents

production work. We store certain data for longer terms and maintain a database of de-identified data to train our AI models. We also maintain a database of meta-data based on Notebuilder selections. Such data is used to improve our products and provide enhanced services to our customers.

Scalability and Uptime

Our streaming servers with redundant capacity are placed in different availability zones to ensure fault tolerance. All the servers are located in the United States. All requests to streaming endpoints are load balanced and served in a round-robin approach. Using the proprietary Augmedix OTA portal, we can selectively push Android OS updates to specific devices. We use enterprise level device management software to maintain and manage its Phone devices. New features, improvements, bug fixes made to our MDS Cockpit applications, can be released separately/independently to production servers through a planned and well documented process.

Our Operations

Our Remotely Located Medical Documentation Specialists

Our services are rendered by highly trained MDSs, who use our technology tools to deliver clinically accurate and comprehensive notes into the customer’s EHR system. Our MDSs observe clinician-patient interactions through audio and video feeds, extract the relevant details of the visit, and use our Notebuilder tool to create the medical note for clinician review and approval. The medical note contains information vital to on-going patient care and billing and is securely stored in the patient’s unique chart in the EHR. MDSs use dedicated, secure terminals to access the MDS Cockpit which includes the Notebuilder and other tools to view the visit and create the medical note. The task of observing a doctor-patient interaction, extracting the relevant aspects of the conversation and then recording them in a structured medical note is difficult and requires a significant amount of skill and training.

Our MDSs are well educated, most at the university level and many are recruited straight out of university. Many have Biology majors, but we also recruit from various other disciplines. We also recruit from a large, established pool of medical transcriptionists in India. The MDS position can be a very attractive alternative to medical transcription as that industry is contracting due to advancements in speech-to-text technology.

All of our MDSs must pass our mandatory intensive training program prior to working with our clinicians. Our proprietary training modules are trainer-led and include medical visit basics, visit videos, medical documentation standards and requirements, and practice sessions using Notebuilder and other tools. The training program for new MDSs takes approximately three months for international trainees to complete and includes strict testing and grade achievement standards. We also provide specialty training for several specialties. We support many specialties in clinic and in hospital settings and are continuing to build our specialty training library.

Our Live service is provided during the clinician’s shift. Our MDSs serve as an extension of the care team and are assigned to clinicians based on specialty. Typically, one MDS will accompany a clinician for the duration of that clinician’s shift, though on occasion a clinician may have multiple MDSs accompanying her or him on a shift. Currently, our MDSs require more time than his/her assigned clinician to complete a shift’s worth of medical notes due to pre-charting and note finishing.

Our Notes service takes place after the patient visit. Clinician-patient interactions are recorded for playback by our MDS. Completed notes based on that recording are delivered before the clinician resumes his/her next shift. The task of creating a medical note from a recording is less challenging than doing so in real time. Moreover, and in particular with the benefit of our Notebuilder, an MDS is able to handle the notes for more than one clinician during his/her shift.

Our Operation Centers

We provide service from nine MDS Operations Centers across four countries — the US, Bangladesh, India and Sri Lanka. There are six centers in India and one center in Sri Lanka that are owned and operated by five independent third parties (the “MDS Vendors”), while the two centers in the US and Bangladesh are wholly owned and operated by us. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, most of our worldwide MDSs are currently working from home in compliance with local regulations and safety protocols.

64

Table of Contents

Our strategy is to diversify geographical risk by operating out of several operating centers located in various cities throughout Asia, with a smaller operation within the US. The US operation accounts for a small fraction of our global MDS workforce and we expect it to not exceed 10% of the global total for the foreseeable future. Our Bangladesh operation is our largest and fastest growing center. It served about 34% of our customers at June 30, 2021. Our goal is to reach up to 35% by late-2021. This is to enable greater control over a larger percentage of our operations, to mitigate concentration risk among existing MDS Vendors and to leverage its lower cost structure.

All MDS Vendors are currently paid based upon an hourly rate and the number of assigned contracted clinician hours. This payment arrangement represents a substantial change from the previous model that operated through the first half of 2020 wherein MDS Vendors included additional upfront flat fees for each MDS passing our training and certification requirements. Under the current arrangement, effective for all MDS Vendors as of July 2020, the hourly rate paid to each Vendor incorporates the amortized cost of training and certifications.

Our Bangladeshi MDSs, all of whom are employees, are paid a fixed monthly salary. In addition to MDSs, our Bangladesh offices include engineering, customer support, human resources, global information technology, compliance, finance and accounting and general management, among other personnel. All our Bangladesh-based employees receive complimentary benefits such as healthcare, and when working from our offices, meals, private transportation to their homes after their shifts, among others. We believe the compensation we provide our Bangladeshi employees is competitive in the local market for US-based employers.

Our Customers

Our customers are diverse in size, geography, and specialty. Our clients include some of the largest health systems and specialty groups in the United States, including Sutter Health, Dignity Health, US Oncology, TriHealth, Northern Light, Summit Pacific and UCSF, among others. Approximately 85% of the physicians we serve are members of health systems, while the remaining 15% are from small independent practices. We have a relatively high concentration of physicians served among our enterprise customers, with one client accounting for 27% while the remaining physicians served are spread across 15 other health systems. We generated revenue from customers in 34 different states in 2020, the largest concentration being in California. Within our customer base, we currently serve 37 specialties, the largest of which is family practice at 49% of total physicians served. Our systems are compatible with 19 different EHRs. The top four account for 77% of all our physicians served, with Epic at 38%, Cerner at 29%, iKnowMed at 7%, and Athena at 3%.

Areas of expansion within our existing enterprise customers include deeper penetration of the locations in which we already serve physicians, coverage of new specialties, and entering new care locations. We define success with our clients with respect to two key criteria, increased productivity and physician satisfaction. With clients that follow our best practices framework and share data with us, we focus on time savings and productivity increases.

The primary drivers of the physician’s productivity are patient volume, the appropriate and completeness of the documentation describing the services rendered during the patient visit and the efficiency with which such services were performed. We believe that the aggregate increase in productivity across their physician base drives the health system’s overall financial performance and the ROI potential of our service for our customers.

Some examples of the value our users see is captured in the following case studies:

Case Study #1: Dr. Hengbing Wang

“Augmedix allows me to have more time communicating with patients, clinical staff and other physicians. The quality of care goes up with more communications.”

HIGHLIGHTS

• Dr. Want now sees at least 15% more patients

• Dr. Wang now has capacity to see urgent oncology referrals

65

Table of Contents

ABOUT

Dr. Hengbing Wang is a clinician specializing in hematology and medical oncology at Cancer Treatment & Infusion Center, a part of Adventist Health in Ukiah, California. The center offers a wide range of cancer treatments, including the most advanced IV infusion therapies.

CHALLENGE

Dr. Wang, like many clinicians, spent so much time balancing direct patient care with administrative tasks that he was left with little time for charting. That meant working in the electronic medical record (EMR) was usually done during his personal time. Dr. Wang said, “It was kind of miserable. I often had to stay beyond 7:00pm and still had to do some charting at night and over the weekend.” He wanted to find a solution that would allow him to keep charting updated during office hours so he wouldn’t have to spend so much personal time catching up.

SOLUTION

Dr. Wang chose to partner with Augmedix for its virtual scribe service. Augmedix virtual scribes act as an always-present assistant to the clinician, converting real-time clinician-patient conversations into precise medical documentation. Augmedix virtual scribes are specially trained to work in both acute and non-acute environments and are experienced in most EMRs. Virtual scribes can also place orders for testing, medications, and labs so clinicians can spend more time on direct patient care. Clinicians can livestream with their virtual scribes via Google Glass technology or an encrypted smartphone provided by Augmedix.

RESULTS

Dr. Wang says Augmedix has made a “drastic Improvement” in work-life balance. “I hardly do any charting after I get home or on the weekend now.” He says that most of the time, he’s able to finish everything by 6:00pm. “I am able to enjoy more of my family life!” With Augmedix, Dr. Wang is able to see at least 15% more patients and now has capacity to see urgent oncology referrals.

Dr. Wang says the consultation note part saves him most of the time. “Literally, when I review the records before I see the patient, I can read to my scribe and they’re often able to compile a basic HPI even before I step in the patient room.” Dr. Wang also says that he and his Augmedix scribe have developed great working chemistry.

Case Study #2: Dr. Jacqueline Rohrer

“Prior to Augmedix, my whole family would ask ‘how many charts do you have left,’ and the whole weekend was plagued by the number of charts left. With Augmedix, I feel like I found the way to be happy with my job and I want to share this experience with other clinicians.”

HIGHLIGHTS

• Has more time to spend with patients;

• Can see more walk-ins;

• Went from seeing 18 patients a day to 20;

• Charting is more accurate;

• Has more time for family life;

• Improved productivity; and

• Scribes now help with telephone referrals and reminders.

66

Table of Contents

ABOUT

Jacqueline Rohrer, MD, is a family practice physician who specializes in obstetrics at Foothill Family Clinic in Salt Lake City, Utah. She’s been with the practice since 2013. The practice has 35 providers, clinicians, and mid-level practitioners.

CHALLENGE

Rohrer loves her patients and is dedicated to spending quality time with each one. Her days are spent juggling her family practice patients with her obstetrics patients. She had begun to experience extreme burnout and even wondered if she would need to stop practicing obstetrics. She realized a lot of the issue came from the two to three hours she had to spend at the end of each day on charting. On busy weeks, the charts would really pile up. She often would get to the end of each week with a backlog of three days’ worth of charts to do. Someone had suggested to Rohrer that she get a scribe to help out, but she resisted doing so because she didn’t want a “shadow” following her around all day and didn’t like the loss of patient privacy. Plus, the exam rooms were small and didn’t have desks or a place for anything more than a laptop, which she carried with her. Fortunately, she realized there was a better solution.

SOLUTION

Rohrer heard about Augmedix virtual scribes on a Facebook group for moms who are doctors. Augmedix virtual scribes are specially trained to work in both acute and non-acute environments, acting as an always-present assistant to the provider, converting real-time provider-patient conversations into precise medical documentation. Augmedix virtual scribes are experienced in most medical health records, which improves accuracy, increases quality of documentation, and ensures timely charge capture for faster reimbursement. Virtual scribes can also place orders for testing, medications, and labs so providers can spend more time on direct patient care. Providers can connect with their virtual scribes via Google Glass technology, an earpiece, or through a smartphone app. Rohrer chose to use Google Glasses with her virtual scribes because of the ability to move about the clinic handsfree without having to carry a smartphone.

RESULTS

Rohrer likes the seamless communication with her virtual scribes through Google Glass technology. Because she’s a self-described “people person,” she wanted to get to know her Augmedix scribes on a personal level, so she connected with them over social media. They now regularly check in and chat with each other. Rohrer has experienced many improvements since getting her Augmedix virtual scribes, including:

• Has more time to spend with patients

• Can see more walk-ins

• Went from seeing 18 patients a day to 20

• Charting is more accurate

• Has more time for family life

• Improved Productivity

• Scribes now help with telephone referrals and reminders

The time saved using Augmedix has allowed Rohrer to complete two triathlons and even adopt a baby. She says she no longer feels burnt out and now looks forward to each day. With Augmedix, Rohrer went from spending 2 – 3 hours charting at the end of each day to just 30 to 45 minutes.

Governmental Regulation

The healthcare industry in which we operate is highly regulated, and the services we provide are subject to a complex set of healthcare laws and regulations. We and our customers must comply with a variety of requirements, including among others, HIPAA, HITECH, regulations issued by the Department of Health and

67

Table of Contents

Human Services and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, a number of fraud and abuse laws, such as the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the False Claims Act, and comparable state laws. We have structured our operations to comply with these laws and other regulatory and contractual requirements.

Healthcare Fraud and abuse Laws

We may also be subject to various federal laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry.

For example, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly or willfully offering, soliciting, receiving or paying remuneration (a term interpreted broadly to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts and credits), directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, an item or reimbursable, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been broadly interpreted by federal courts and agencies, and potentially subject many healthcare business arrangements to government investigation, enforcement, and prosecution, which can be costly and time consuming. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

In addition, the False Claims Act, or FCA, prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services that are false or fraudulent. Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, we could be held liable under the False Claims Act if we are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, including inaccurate information in draft medical notes for physicians, or if our documentation services are found to have caused clinicians to have inaccurately attested to “Meaningful Use” criteria. Claims for services that were induced by kickbacks and in violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute may also form the basis for FCA liability. In recent years, many cases have been brought against healthcare companies by the government and by “whistleblowers,” which have resulted in judgments and settlements involving substantial payments to the government by the companies involved. Penalties for a violation of the FCA include fines for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim. The cost to defend against allegations can also be substantial.

HIPAA also established federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payers, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Additionally, many of the states in which we operate also have similar fraud and abuse focused laws that apply to our business. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program.

Violations of these laws are punishable by substantial penalties and other remedies, including monetary fines, civil penalties, administrative penalties, criminal sanctions (in the case of Anti-Kickback Statute), exclusion from participation in FHCPs, forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such laws and additional reporting requirements and compliance oversight obligations. Similarly state anti-kickback and false claims laws may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only government programs.

Data Privacy and Security

Numerous state, federal and foreign laws, including consumer protection laws and regulations, govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality and security of personal information, including health-related information. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information, privacy and security laws, including HIPAA, and federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations (e.g., Section 5 of the FTC Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners.

68

Table of Contents

For example, HIPAA establishes a set of national privacy and security standards for protecting the privacy, confidentiality and security of protected health information (“PHI”). Under HIPAA, health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers, together referred to as “covered entities” for purposes of HIPAA, and their “business associates” must meet certain standards in order to protect individually identifiable health information. HITECH enhances and strengthens the HIPAA privacy and security standards and makes certain provisions of HIPAA directly applicable to business associates of covered entities.

In connection with our business operations, we access, use and disclose PHI on behalf of our covered entity clients, and therefore, are considered to be, a business associate of our customers and subject to HIPAA, and its implementing regulations. HIPAA requires covered entities to have agreements with our business associates, such as us, whereby business associates must agree to appropriately safeguard the PHI created or received on their behalf and to abide by statutory and other regulatory obligations under HIPAA. These obligations include, but are not limited to, the responsibility to (i) maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of PHI, (ii) report security incidents and other inappropriate uses or disclosures of PHI, including to individuals and governmental authorities, and (iii) assist covered entities from which we obtain health information with certain duties under HIPAA.

HIPAA and HITECH impose numerous requirements on our business operations, and subject us to material liability and other adverse impacts to our business in the event we fail to comply with their requirements. These include, without limitation, civil fines, possible criminal sanctions in certain circumstances, contractual liability to our customers, and damage to our brand and reputation. Because these standards are subject to interpretation and change, we cannot predict the future impact of HIPAA or other regulations on our business and operations. To comply with our regulatory and contractual obligations, we may have to adjust our policies and practices and invest in new technologies.

In addition to HIPAA and HITECH, numerous other state and federal laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality and security of individually identifiable health information. In many cases, state laws are not preempted by the HIPAA privacy and security standards and may impose more stringent standards, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Other Laws and Regulations

We are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which prohibits improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business and requires companies to maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Safeguards we implement to discourage improper payments or offers of payments by our employees, consultants, and others may be ineffective, and violations of the FCPA and similar laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, or other liabilities or proceedings against us, any of which would likely harm our reputation, business, financial condition and result of operations.

Sales and Marketing

Currently, we predominantly rely upon a dedicated direct sales force and account management team to sell our solutions. The direct sales force is currently structured geographically and focuses on acquiring new health systems, large physician specialty practices and generating transactional sales with smaller practices and independent physicians. Our sales force mobilizes data to demonstrate a clear ROI for investing in our solution to potential customers. There is typically a 30-45 day implementation window from contract execution to first day of service to allow for provision of hardware, clinician workflow orientation, MDS assignment and receipt of EHR credentials.

Additional sales activity is driven by our account management team. The account management team is responsible for expansion within our existing client base. The team is currently structured by account segment: strategic enterprises, developing enterprises, and independents.

Our marketing efforts focus on lead generation, building market awareness and content support. Marketing drives market/brand awareness and inbound leads from both enterprises and independent physicians. Our team tracks the effectiveness of specific marketing campaigns to ensure their efficacy against our established cost-per-lead and customer acquisition cost targets. A variety of marketing approaches are leveraged including search

69

Table of Contents

engine optimization, paid search advertising, social media campaigns, social media advertising, and email marketing. We also focus on end-to-end marketing campaigns to drive leads and awareness, such as our 2020 launch of Notes.

Research & Development

Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning (“AI/ML”)

We are integrating AI/ML into Notebuilder to increase efficiency by automatically providing note suggestions to our MDSs. This requires training AI/ML models to provide note suggestions based on key words from audio transcripts and audio-to-note patterns. We store audio and note records used in this process only if agreed to by the customer. We use speech-to-text tools, as edited by transcriptionists, to produce multi-party transcripts for the persisted audios of selected doctor/patient visits. We apply a de-identification process to the audio transcripts of the doctor/patient visits to remove PHI. This is followed by an annotation process to assign labels to transcripts and the corresponding notes. The labels that come from the annotation step are used to develop classification models. The final stage is to apply one of several Natural Language Processing methods to generate note suggestions which are then integrated into Notebuilder to further reduce the amount of human intervention needed to create a medical note. These models are being continuously improved.

Streaming Technologies

We are continuously improving our streaming platform, primarily to alleviate network hiccups, optimize audio quality for transcription and improve the clinician user experience. The goal is to improve the reliability and scalability of the Platform while reducing costs.

Devices for Providers

We continue to explore alternate hardware devices that can be used by clinicians. In addition to ease of use, improved audio quality, better connectivity and faster battery charge rate are some of the attributes used in our evaluation process.

Electronic Health Records (“EHRs”)

An EHR is a digital version of a patient’s paper chart. EHRs are real-time, patient-centered records that make information available instantly and securely to authorized users. While an EHR does contain the medical and treatment histories of patients, an EHR system is built to go beyond standard clinical data collected in a provider’s office and can be inclusive of a broader view of a patient’s care. EHRs are a vital part of health IT and can:

• Contain a patient’s medical history, diagnoses, medications, treatment plans, immunization dates, allergies, radiology images, and laboratory and test results

• Allow access to evidence-based tools that providers can use to make decisions about a patient’s care

• Automate and streamline provider workflow

Health information can be created and managed by authorized providers in a digital format capable of being shared with other providers across more than one healthcare organization. EHRs are built to share information with other healthcare providers and organizations — such as laboratories, specialists, medical imaging facilities, pharmacies, emergency facilities, and school and workplace clinics. EHR systems are selected by our customers either as independent physicians, clinics or health systems.

Currently, we do all of our note transfers manually. We are developing technology to integrate our software tools into the EHR systems used by our large enterprise customers. For our smaller customers we expect to continue to transfer notes to the EHR manually. As we scale within an enterprise health system, EHR integration improves note quality, reduces MDS downtime, and improves MDS scheduling. EHR integration will also help inform our machine learning models thus increasing automation and reducing the level of MDS effort associated with note documentation.

70

Table of Contents

Transferring notes to an EHR requires secure access to the customer’s EHR which they must authorize to receive the service. We support various types of virtual private network (“VPN”) access to an EHR, such as site-to-site VPN tunnels, VPN client software, and browser-based VPN plugins like Citrix.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property is an important aspect of our business, and we seek protection for our intellectual property as appropriate. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, as well as other legal and contractual rights to establish and protect our proprietary rights.

We have been building and continue to build our patent portfolio relating to our technology platform. As of September 29, 2021, our patent portfolio consists of three pending patent applications in the United States. We regularly review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property.

In addition to patents, we may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and proprietary know-how to protect our technology and processes, especially when we do not believe that patent protection is appropriate or can be obtained. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, and contractors upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships.

We have filed for and obtained trademark protection in the United States for the AUGMEDIX word mark and AUGMEDIX CROSS logo for goods and services. We have also filed for trademark protection in India of the AUGMEDIX word mark for goods and services. We also have registered the domain name for our website, www.augmedix.com.

We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, they may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of July 31, 2021, the Company had 154 full-time employees in the United States, 2 in India and 462 in Bangladesh. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California, where we lease approximately 12,936 square feet of office space under a lease agreement that expires in February 2025. We also lease 23,578 square feet of corporate office space in Dhaka, Bangladesh, and an additional 3,800 square feet of commercial space used for MDS training in an adjacent facility under a lease agreement which automatically renews quarterly unless notice is provided to terminate.

We believe our facilities are suitable to meet our current needs. We intend to expand our facilities or add additional facilities in Dhaka, as we expect to reach the capacity of the existing facilities sometime in early 2022. We believe that suitable alternative and/or additional space will be available to accommodate our needs in both San Francisco and Dhaka.

Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings. From time to time, we may become involved in lawsuits and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business.

71

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

Name

 

Age

 

Positions

Executive Officers

       

Emmanuel Krakaris(2)(3)

 

62

 

President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Director

Sandra Breber

 

63

 

Chief Operating Officer

Saurav Chatterjee

 

50

 

Chief Technology Officer

Jonathan Hawkins

 

52

 

Chief Revenue Officer

Paul Ginocchio

 

52

 

Chief Financial Officer

Ian Shakil

 

37

 

Chief Strategy Officer and Director

         

Non-Employee Directors:

       

Jennifer Carter(1)(2)

 

46

 

Director

Jason Krikorian(3)

 

50

 

Director

Joseph Marks, Ph.D.

 

60

 

Director

Margie Traylor(2)

 

57

 

Director

Gerard van Hamel Platerink(1)(3)

 

52

 

Director and Chairman of the Board

____________

(1) Member of the nominating and governance committee.

(2) Member of the audit committee.

(3) Member of the compensation committee.

Executive Officers

Emmanuel Krakaris has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and as a member of our board of directors since October 2018. Before Mr. Krakaris was appointed as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, Mr. Krakaris served as an advisor to the board of directors from April 2018 to May 2018 and as our Chief Operating Officer from June 2018 to September 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Krakaris served as the Chief Executive Officer of Streetline, Inc. from August 2014 to February 2018 and as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer from 2011 to August 2014. Mr. Krakaris also served as Chief Financial Officer of Command Audio Corporation from 1996 to 2011. Mr. Krakaris received a Bachelor of Commerce in Marketing and International Business from McGill University, and a M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business. We believe that Mr. Krakaris is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive business experience as an executive officer and experience across a broad range of industries.

Sandra Breber has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2019, and prior to that served as an advisor to the Company from November 2018 to March 2019. Prior to joining us, Ms. Breber served as advisor to Snipp Interactive, Inc. from November 2018 to March 2019. Ms. Breber also served as President and Co-founder of Ziploop, Inc., from April 2013 to November 2018. Earlier in her career, Ms. Breber served as a Partner at Arthur Andersen L.L.P. Ms. Breber holds a Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting and Finance from McGill University.

Saurav Chatterjee has served as our Chief Technology Officer since November 2020. Prior to joining us, Mr. Chatterjee served as the Vice President of Engineering at Lumiata, Inc., from November 2019 to November 2020. Mr. Chatterjee also served as the Senior Director and Head Conversational AI at Asurion, Inc., from May 2014 to October 2019. From November 2010 to April 2014 Mr. Chatterjee was Chief Architect at Visa, where he developed Visa Checkout. Mr. Chatterjee holds a B.A. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley, and a PhD in Computer Engineering from Carnegie Mellon University.

Jonathan Hawkins has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since April 2019. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hawkins was Senior Vice President of Business Development, Sales and Marketing for Spry Health, Inc., a healthcare data analytics provider that identifies early signs of clinical deterioration in chronically ill patients, from October 2017 to April 2019. Mr. Hawkins was also a Founding Investor and Advisor to The Batchery, a startup incubator and accelerator. Prior to that, Mr. Hawkins was Vice President of Business Development and Sales for MedeAnalytics, Inc., from May 2016 to October 2017. From November 2015 to March 2016, Mr. Hawkins served as a consultant to Cal INDEX, a non-profit health information exchange. Mr. Hawkins holds a B.A. in International Relations from Stanford University, and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

72

Table of Contents

Paul Ginocchio has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2020. Prior to joining us, from December 2019 to June 2020, Mr. Ginocchio served as an independent strategic advisor to multiple technology companies. Mr. Ginocchio previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Brightfield Strategies LLC., a workforce data and analytics company, from January 2017 to September 2019. Prior to that, Mr. Ginocchio served as an industry consultant and interim Chief Financial Officer from September 2016 to December 2016 for various companies. From November 1998 to May 2016, Mr. Ginocchio was Lead Analyst, then Managing Director of Information & Business Services Equity Research at Deutsche Bank AG. Mr. Ginocchio holds B.A. in Economics & Business Management from North Carolina State University, and a M.B.A. in Finance from Indiana University Kelley School of Business.

Ian Shakil is our founder and has been a member of our board of directors since April 2013. He previously served as Chairman of our board of directors from August 2018 to September 2020 and has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since October 2018. Prior to that, Mr. Shakil served as our Chief Executive Officer from April 2013 to October 2018. Mr. Shakil has also served as Advisor to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation since May 2019. Mr. Shakil has a B.S.E. in Biomedical Engineering from Duke University, and an M.B.A. from Stanford University Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Shakil is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is our founder and former Chief Executive Officer and his business and technical experience in the healthcare industry.

Non-Employee Directors

Jennifer Carter has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2020. Since April 2015, Ms. Carter has served in various roles at McKesson Ventures, including as Vice President of Portfolio Development and Marketing from April 2015 to September 2019, and as Vice President of Venture Operations from September 2019 to June 2020, then Partner and Vice President of Operations from June 2020 to present. Ms. Carter has worked at McKesson Corp. since 1998 in a variety of roles, including sales, marketing, strategy and Six Sigma. Ms. Carter holds a B.A. in Economics from Boston College Caroll School of Management. We believe that Ms. Carter is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience in healthcare operations and venture capital.

Jason Krikorian has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. He is also currently General Partner at DCM, where he has served since July 2010. Prior to joining DCM, Mr. Krikorian co-founded Sling Media, Inc., a digital media and device company. Mr. Krikorian holds a B.A. in Psychology from the University of California, Berkeley, a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law, and a M.B.A. from the University of Virginia Darden School of Business. We believe that Mr. Krikorian is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his expertise as an entrepreneur and venture capital investor in technology companies.

Joseph Marks, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2020. He is also currently Chief Technology Officer for Weta Digital Ltd., a digital visual effects company, where he has served since September 2020. Dr. Marks is also Executive Director of the Center for Machine Learning and Health at Carnegie Mellon University, where he has served since May 2016. Dr. Marks co-founded Caboodle Technologies, Inc. in April 2018. Prior to that, Dr. Marks was Co-Founder of Upfront Analytics, LTD, based in Dublin, Ireland. Earlier in his career, Dr. Marks served as Research Scientist, then Research Director at Mitsubishi Electric Research Labs from 1993 to 2006. Dr. Marks holds an A.B. in Applied Mathematics, as well as a Master of Science and Ph.D. in Computer Science, all from Harvard University. We believe that Dr. Marks is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience as an entrepreneur and technology researcher.

Margie Traylor has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2021. Ms. Traylor is the co-founder of Audacious Studios — the parent company to August United, an influencer marketing agency, Tailwind, a performance media consultancy, Cast & Hue, an experience design consulting firm and Interobang, a technology incubator — where she has served as its Chief Executive Officer for the last 22 years. Ms. Traylor is also a board member of HonorHealth, a non-profit healthcare system, and serves on its Strategic Planning, Executive and Compensation, Quality, Audit and Medical Staff Planning and Partnership Committees. Ms. Traylor holds a Master of Healthcare Innovation from the Arizona State University College of Nursing and Health Innovation and a B.S. in Accounting from the Arizona State University, W. P. Carey School of Business. Her prior corporate leadership roles include E-Commerce Vice President, Controller, PwC Auditor, and CPA for public and private companies with $500M to $5B in revenues. We believe that Ms. Traylor is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience as a CPA and chief executive officer.

73

Table of Contents

Gerard van Hamel Platerink has served as Chairman of our board of directors since September 2020 and has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2016. Mr. van Hamel Platerink currently serves as a Managing Director of Redmile Group, LLC (“Redmile”), a healthcare focused investment firm with offices in San Francisco, New York and Paris, which he joined in May 2012. Prior to joining Redmile, Mr. van Hamel Platerink was a Managing Director with Accuitive Medical Ventures, a healthcare venture capital firm from 2003 to 2012. Mr. van Hamel Platerink holds a B.S. in Physics from the University of St. Andrews, and an M.B.A. from University of Cambridge. We believe that Mr. van Hamel Platerink is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his expertise as a venture capital investor, and knowledge regarding the healthcare industry.

Corporate Governance

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We are committed to ethical business practices and, accordingly, we have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Conduct”) that applies to all the members of our board of directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website at https://ir.augmedix.com/corporate-governance/governance-documents. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain portions of the Code of Conduct or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors on our website.

Appointment of Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and governance committee, each of which, pursuant to its respective charter, will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is composed of Ms. Traylor, Ms. Carter and Mr. Krakaris. Ms. Traylor is the chair of our audit committee. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Traylor is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. Our audit committee’s principal functions are to assist our board of directors in its oversight of:

• selecting a firm to serve as our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

• ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

• discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

• establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

• considering the adequacy of our internal controls and internal audit function;

• reviewing related-party transactions that are material or otherwise implicate disclosure requirements; and

• approving, or as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

74

Table of Contents

Ms. Traylor and Ms. Carter meet the definition of independence under applicable Nasdaq rules. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Carter is independent even though she falls outside the “safe harbor” definition set forth in Rule 10A-3(e)(1)(ii) of the Exchange Act, as Ms. Carter is Partner and Vice President of Operations of McKesson Ventures, which owns in excess of 10% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering. Mr. Krakaris does not meet the definition of independence under applicable Nasdaq rules. Although the composition of our audit committee complies with rules applicable to companies traded on the OTCQX, Nasdaq requires that our audit committee be comprised solely of independent directors. We have one year from the date of the listing of our shares on Nasdaq to comply with the requirement to have a fully independent audit committee. An independent audit committee plays a crucial role in the corporate governance process, assessing our processes relating to our risks and control environment, overseeing financial reporting, and evaluating internal and independent audit processes. Although we have identified several potential independent audit committee members to join our board, we may have difficulty attracting or retaining independent directors with the requisite qualifications to serve on our audit committee. Our failure to continue to meet this Nasdaq requirement to have a fully independent audit committee after the phase-in period may result in our common stock being delisted from the Nasdaq Capital Market.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is composed of Messrs, Krakaris, Krikorian and van Hamel Platerink. Mr. Krikorian is the chair of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

• reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

• reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of any compensatory agreements with our executive officers;

• reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

• administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

• reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

• establishing our overall compensation philosophy.

Messrs. Krikorian and van Hamel Platerink meet the definition of independence under applicable Nasdaq rules, but Mr. Krakaris does not meet the definition of independence under applicable Nasdaq rules. In connection with the listing of our shares on Nasdaq, Mr. Krakaris will no longer serve on our compensation committee, and our compensation committee therefore will be comprised solely of independent directors in compliance with applicable Nasdaq rules.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our nominating and governance committee is composed of Ms. Carter and Mr. van Hamel Platerink. Mr. van Hamel Platerink is the chair of our nominating and governance committee. The members of our nominating and governance committee meet the independence requirements under Nasdaq and SEC rules. Our nominating and governance committee’s principal functions include:

• identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

• recommending directors to serve on board committees;

75

Table of Contents

• reviewing and recommending to our board of directors any changes to our corporate governance principles;

• reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers;

• overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors; and

• advising our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee currently satisfies the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Other than with respect to Mr. Krakaris, none of the members of the compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board or compensation committee during fiscal 2020.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

In fiscal 2020, no cash or equity compensation was paid to the non-employee members of our board of directors. All compensation paid to Messrs. Krakaris and Shakil, our employee directors, are set forth below in the section titled “Executive Compensation — 2020 Summary Compensation Table.” During fiscal 2020, we did not pay any fees to, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors.

For fiscal 2021, our board of directors has determined that independent non-employee directors of the board shall be entitled to cash compensation in the amount of $40,000 per year and that any new independent non-employee directors of the board shall be entitled to equity compensation consisting of a grant of a non-qualified stock option to purchase that number of shares of our common stock equal to $140,000 divided by the then-current fair market value of our common stock, with such option vesting in monthly 1/12th increments over one year subject to the director’s continuous service on the board. Our board also determined for fiscal 2021, the chair of the audit committee shall be entitled to additional cash compensation in the amount of $20,000 per year.

76

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation earned by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2020. Our named executive officers, who are our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2020, were:

• Emmanuel Krakaris, President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary;

• Jonathan Hawkins, Chief Revenue Officer; and

• Sandra Breber, Chief Operating Officer

2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers for fiscal 2020.

Name and Principal Position

 

Salary
($)

 

Option
Awards
($)
(1)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
(2)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

Total
($)

Emmanuel Krakaris,
President, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary

 

$

295,833

 

$

127,440

 

$

210,000

 

$

900

(3)

 

$

634,173

Jonathan Hawkins,
Chief Revenue Officer

 

$

242,708

 

$

22,302

 

$

175,000

 

$

 

 

$

440,010

Sandra Breber,
Chief Operating Officer

 

$

242,708

 

$

45,135

 

$

99,000

 

$

 

 

$

386,843

____________

(1) Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options awarded to the named executive officer during fiscal 2020 in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements hereto. Such grant-date fair market value does not take into account any forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions that may occur. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our named executive officers from the stock options.

(2) The amounts represent annual cash bonuses earned by Messrs. Krakaris and Hawkins and Ms. Breber based on the achievement of Company and individual performance objectives.

(3) This amount reported represents Mr. Krakaris’s vehicle parking allowance.

Equity Compensation

From time to time, we grant equity awards in the form of stock options to our named executive officers, which are generally subject to vesting based on each named executive officer’s continued service with us. As of December 31, 2020, each of our named executive officers held options to purchase shares of our common stock that were granted under the 2013 Plan, as set forth in the table below titled “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End.”

77

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents, for each of our named executive officers, information regarding outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2020.

     

Option Awards

       
       

Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options

       

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Exercisable
(#)

 

Unexercisable
(#)

 

Exercise Price
($)

 

Expiration
Date

Emmanuel Krakaris

 

12/6/2018(1)

 

554,424

 

277,212

 

$

0.85

 

12/05/2028

 

 

6/4/2020(2)

 

336,691

 

168,345

 

$

0.64

 

6/3/2030

Jonathan Hawkins

 

4/18/19(3)

 

36,124

 

50,573

 

$

0.85

 

4/18/2029

 

 

6/4/2020(4)

 

36,825

 

51,555

 

$

0.64

 

6/3/2030

Sandra Breber

 

4/18/19(5)

 

50,634

 

65,102

 

$

0.85

 

4/18/2029

 

 

6/4/2020(6)

 

78,254

 

100,613

 

$

0.64

 

6/3/2030

____________

(1) This stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares on the one (1) year anniversary of the April 1, 2018 vesting commencement date; and thereafter, this stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares on each month of continuous service following the first one (1) year anniversary of the vesting commencement date. This award is subject to double trigger vesting acceleration under certain circumstances described below in the section titled “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

(2) This stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to 1/48th of the shares on the one (1) month anniversary of the April 1, 2018 vesting commencement date; and thereafter, this stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares on each month of continuous service following. This award is subject to double trigger vesting acceleration under certain circumstances described below in the section title “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

(3) This stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares on the one (1) year anniversary of the April 1, 2019 vesting commencement date; and thereafter, this stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares on each month of continuous service following the first one (1) year anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

(4) This stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to 1/48th of the shares on the one (1) month anniversary of the April 1, 2019 vesting commencement date; and thereafter, this stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares on each month of continuous service following.

(5) This stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares on the one (1) year anniversary of the March 25, 2019 vesting commencement date; and thereafter, this stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares on each month of continuous service following the first one (1) year anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

(6) This stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to 1/48th of the shares on the one (1) month anniversary of the March 25, 2019 vesting commencement date; and thereafter, this stock option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares on each month of continuous service following.

Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters with each of our named executive officers. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed our form of standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement.

Emmanuel Krakaris

In October 2018, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Krakaris, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board. This offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $400,000. Mr. Krakaris is also eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target of 50% to a maximum of 75% of his base salary, based upon achievement of performance goals established upon the mutual agreement of Mr. Krakaris and the board of directors. Mr. Krakaris is an at-will employee and does not have a fixed employment term. He is eligible to participate in employee benefit plans, including health insurance, that we offer to our employees.

78

Table of Contents

Sandra Breber

In March 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Ms. Breber, our Chief Operating Officer. This offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $310,000. Ms. Breber is also eligible for a performance bonus based upon the achievement of Company and individual goals. Ms. Breber is an at-will employee and does not have a fixed employment term. She is eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including health insurance, that we offer to our employees.

Jonathan Hawkins

In March 2019, we entered in an offer letter with Mr. Hawkins, our Chief Revenue Officer. This offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $285,000 and is eligible for a performance bonus based upon achievement of Company and individual goals. Mr. Hawkins is an at-will employee and does not have a fixed employment term. He is eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including health insurance, that we offer to our employees.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

We have entered into offer letters with each of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, which provide for the following benefits upon certain terminations as provided below:

Emmanuel Krakaris

If Mr. Krakaris is terminated by us without cause (as such term is defined in his offer letter) or resigns for good reason (as such term is defined in his offer letter), he will be eligible to receive, in exchange for a customary release of claims, (i) a lump sum severance payment of three months base salary plus (ii) three months of salary continuation.

If Mr. Krakaris’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by the executive for good reason immediately prior to or within twelve months following a change in control (as defined in the 2013 Plan), Mr. Krakaris will additionally receive, in exchange for a customary release of claims, 100% acceleration of any then-unvested equity awards, a two year post-termination exercise period in which to exercise any stock options (but not beyond the term of the options) and the ability to net exercise the stock options (with respect to the exercise price only).

Sandra Breber

If Ms. Breber is terminated for any reason, she is not entitled to any severance or equity acceleration.

Jonathan Hawkins

If Mr. Hawkins is terminated for any reason, he is not entitled to any severance or equity acceleration.

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual text of Messrs. Krakaris and Hawkins and Ms. Breber’s offer letters, which are filed as exhibits hereto.

79

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements discussed in the section entitled “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2019 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

• we have been or are to be a participant;

• the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 and 1% of our total assets; and

• any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under the section entitled “Executive Compensation.”

2019 Convertible Debt Financing

In August 2019, Augmedix sold an aggregate of approximately $3.3 million of Convertible Promissory Notes at an interest 6% per annum (each, a “2019 Note” and collectively, the “2019 Notes”) and a Simple Agreement for Future Equity (each, a “2019 SAFE” and collectively, the “2019 SAFEs” and together with the Notes the “2019 Convertible Securities”), which granted the holders of the 2019 Convertible Securities the right to convert those 2019 Convertible Securities into shares of Augmedix’s preferred stock at a discount upon the closing of a financing with an aggregate gross purchase price paid to Augmedix of no less than $14.7 million.

Name of Stockholder

 

Principal
Amount

Entities affiliated with Redmile Group, LLC(1)

 

$

1,364,000

McKesson Ventures LLC(2)

 

$

986,455

Entities affiliated with DCM(3)

 

$

953,078

____________

(1) Consists of notes and one SAFE purchased by Redmile Private Investments II, L.P., and RAF, L.P., which together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Gerard van Hamel Platerink, chairman of our board of directors, is a Managing Director and designee of Redmile.

(2) Consists of notes purchased by McKesson Ventures LLC, which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Jennifer Carter, a member of our board of directors, is a partner and vice president of portfolio development and designee of McKesson Ventures LLC.

(3) Consists of notes purchased by DCM VI, L.P., which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Jason Krikorian, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner and designee of DCM.

2019 Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Financing

Between September 2019 and March 2020, Augmedix sold an aggregate of 16,067,648 shares of its 2019 Series B convertible preferred stock at a cash purchase price of approximately $1.2111 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $15.8 million and a conversion price of approximately $1.08999 per share for the cancellation of approximately $3.3 million in indebtedness of 2019 Convertible Securities (the “Series B Financing”).

Kazi Shakil, the father of Ian Shakil, our Chief Strategy Officer and a member of the Board of Directors participated in the 2019 Series B Financing and purchased 20,622 shares of 2019 Series B convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $24,975.31.

80

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the 2019 Series B convertible preferred stock purchased by affiliates of members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

Name of Stockholder

 

Shares of
2019
Series B
Convertible
Preferred
Stock

 

Total
Purchase
Price
($)

Entities affiliated with Redmile Group, LLC(1)

 

10,865,146

 

$

13,006,501

McKesson Ventures LLC(2)

 

2,282,908

 

$

2,654,702

Entities affiliated with DCM(3)

 

2,031,992

 

$

2,354,543

____________

(1) Consists of shares purchased by Redmile Private Investments II, L.P. and RAF, L.P., which together hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Gerard van Hamel Platerink, chairman of our board of directors, is a Managing Director and designee of Redmile.

(2) Consists of shares purchased by McKesson Ventures LLC, which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Jennifer Carter, a member of our board of directors, is a partner and vice president of portfolio development and designee of McKesson Ventures LLC.

(3) Consists of shares purchased by DCM VI, L.P., which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Jason Krikorian, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner and designee of DCM.

Lease Agreement

Augmedix leases part of its Dhaka, Bangladesh facility from S.S. Properties, an entity which is owned by Kazi Shakil, the father of Ian Shakil, our Chief Strategy Officer and a member of the Board of Directors (“S.S. Properties”). On June 1, 2015, Augmedix entered into a lease agreement with S.S. Properties that expires on May 31, 2025 (the “First S.S. Lease”). On August 1, 2017, Augmedix entered into a second lease agreement with S.S. Properties, that expires on December 31, 2027 (the “Second S.S. Lease”). On August 1, 2017, Augmedix entered into a third lease agreement with S.S. Properties, that expires on November 30, 2027 (the “Third S.S. Lease”). On August 1, 2017, Augmedix entered into a fourth lease agreement with S.S. Properties, that expires on July 30, 2027 (the “Fourth S.S. Lease”). On July 1, 2018, Augmedix entered into a fifth lease agreement with S.S. Properties, that expires on June 30, 2028 (the “Fifth S.S. Lease”). On January 1, 2019, Augmedix entered into a sixth lease agreement with S.S. Properties, that expires on December 31, 2028 (the “Sixth S.S. Lease” and collectively with the First S.S. Lease, Second S.S. Lease, Third S.S. Lease, Fourth S.S. Lease and Fifth S.S. Lease, the “S.S. Leases”). Rent expense under the S.S. Leases approximated $287,638 and $285,204 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Participation in the Private Placement Offering

Between October 5, 2020 and November 13, 2020, we sold an aggregate 9,138,853 shares of common stock issued in the Private Placement for aggregate gross consideration of approximately $27.4 million (before deducting placement agent fees and total expenses of approximately $3.2 million) to 35 accredited investors.

Kazi Shakil, the father of Ian Shakil, our Chief Strategy Officer and a member of the Board of Directors participated in the Private Placement and purchased 3,333 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $9,999.

81

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company Common Stock purchased by affiliates of members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding Common Stock sold in the Private Placement:

Name of Stockholder

 

Shares of
Common
Stock
purchased
in Private
Placement
Offering

 

Total
Purchase
Price
($)

Entities affiliated with Redmile Group, LLC(1)

 

5,000,000

 

$

15,000,000

McKesson Ventures LLC(2)

 

666,666

 

$

1,999,998

Entities affiliated with DCM(3)

 

666,667

 

$

2,000,001

____________

(1) Consists of shares purchased by RedCo I, L.P. which hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Gerard van Hamel Platerink, chairman of our board of directors, is a Managing Director and designee of Redmile.

(2) Consists of shares purchased by McKesson Ventures LLC, which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Jennifer Carter, a member of our board of directors, is a partner and vice president of portfolio development and designee of McKesson Ventures LLC.

(3) Consists of shares purchased by DCM VI, L.P., which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Jason Krikorian, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner and designee of DCM.

Indications of Interest

Prior to the date hereof, certain of our existing investors and their affiliated entities, including one or more entities affiliated with Redmile Group, DCM, LifeSci Venture Partners, and McKesson Ventures have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $8.1 million of our shares in this offering at the public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares to any of the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the cornerstone investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. In addition, Emmanuel Krakaris, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and a member of our board of directors, Sandra Breber, our Chief Operating Officer, and Paul Ginocchio, our Chief Financial Officer, have agreed to purchase in the aggregate $336,000 of our shares in this offering at the public offering price per share and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by DGCL. Subject to very limited exceptions, our restated bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our written related party transactions policy and the charters of our audit committee and nominating and governance committee require that any transaction with a related person that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC must be reviewed and approved or ratified by our audit committee. However, if the related party is, or is associated with, a member of the audit committee, the transaction must be reviewed and approved by our nominating and governance committee.

82

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

•        each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

•        each of our executive officers;

•        each of our directors; and

•        all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 27,151,665 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 29, 2021. Shares of common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of September 29, 2021 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner in the table below is c/o Augmedix, Inc., 111 Sutter Street Suite 1300, San Francisco, CA 94104.

Certain of our existing investors and their affiliated entities, including one or more entities affiliated with Redmile Group, DCM, LifeSci Venture Partners, and McKesson Ventures have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $8.1 million of our shares in this offering at the public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares to any of the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the cornerstone investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. In addition, Emmanuel Krakaris, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and a member of our board of directors, Sandra Breber, our Chief Operating Officer, and Paul Ginocchio, our Chief

83

Table of Contents

Financial Officer, have agreed to purchase in the aggregate $336,000 of our shares in this offering at the public offering price per share and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. The following table does not reflect the purchase of any shares in this offering by these existing stockholders.

Name

 

Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned

 

Percentage of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned

5% Stockholders

       

 

Entities affiliated with DCM VI, L.P.(1)

 

4,020,915

 

14.66

%

McKesson Ventures LLC(2)

 

4,238,999

 

15.44

%

Entities affiliated with Redmile Group, LLC(3)

 

14,246,125

 

49.74

%

Mark Thompkins

 

1,935,120

 

7.13

%

Directors and Executive Officers

       

 

Jennifer Carter(2)

 

 

 

Emmanuel Krakaris(4)

 

1,398,741

 

4.90

%

Jason Krikorian(1)

 

 

 

Joseph Marks, Ph.D.

 

37,061

 

*

 

Margie Traylor(5)

 

12,727

 

*

 

Gerard van Hamel Platerink(3)

 

 

 

Ian Shakil(6)

 

836,280

 

3.01

%

Sandra Breber(7)

 

226,017

 

*

 

Jonathan Hawkins(8)

 

129,674

 

*

 

Paul Ginocchio(9)

 

135,201

 

*

 

Saurav Chatterjee(10)

 

86,044

 

*

 

         

 

All expected directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(11)

 

2,861,745

 

9.62

%

____________

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1) Consists of (i) 3,731,418 shares of common stock held by DCM VI, L.P., (ii) 269,490 shares underlying warrants to purchase common stock held by DCM VI, L.P. and (ii) 20,007 shares of common stock held by A-Fund, L.P. Jason Krikorian, a member of the Board, is a general partner at DCM, which is an affiliate of DCM VI, L.P. Mr. Krikorian disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares above except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of the above entities and Mr. Krikorian is 2420 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(2) Consists of (i) 3,935,106 shares of common stock held by McKesson Ventures LLC, or McKesson Ventures, and (ii) 303,893 shares underlying warrants to purchase common stock held by McKesson Ventures. Jennifer Carter, a member of the Board, is Partner and Vice President of Operations at McKesson Ventures. Ms. Carter disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares above except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address of McKesson Ventures and Ms. Carter is One Post Street, FL 21, San Francisco CA 94104.

(3) Consists of: (i) 521,140 shares of preferred stock held by Redmile Capital Fund, LP, (ii) 687,397 shares of common stock held by Redmile Capital Offshore II Master Fund, Ltd., (iii) 161,889 shares of common stock held by Redmile Capital Offshore Master Fund, Ltd., (iv) 4,593,258 shares of common stock and a warrant to purchase 917,414 shares of common stock held by Redmile Private Investments II, L.P., (v) 32,914 shares of common stock held by Redmile Strategic Master Fund, LP, (vi) 1,758,749 shares of preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 573,384 shares common stock held by RAF, L.P., and (vii) 5,000,000 shares of common stock held by RedCo I, L.P. Redmile Group, LLC is the investment manager/adviser to each of the seven private investment vehicles listed above (collectively, the “Redmile Funds”) and, in such capacity, exercises sole voting and investment power over all of the securities of the Company held by the Redmile Funds and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such securities. Jeremy C. Green serves as the managing member of Redmile Group, LLC and also may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such securities. Redmile Group, LLC, Mr. Green and Gerard van Hamel Platerink each disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities, except to the extent of its or their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address of the above entities and persons is One Letterman Dr., Suite D3-300, San Francisco, CA 94129.

(4) Consists of 1,398,741 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

(5) Consists of 12,727 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

84

Table of Contents

(6) Consists of 216,660 shares of common stock and 619,620 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

(7) Consists of 226,017 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

(8) Consists of 129,674 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

(9) Consists of 34,000 shares of common stock and 101,201 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

(10) Consists of 86,044 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

(11) Consists of (i) 250,660 shares of our common stock and (ii) 2,611,085 shares underlying options to purchase common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 29, 2021.

85

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which became effective as of October 5, 2020, the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

We have authorized capital stock consisting of 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of designation of any series of preferred stock we may issue, the number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock.

As of September 29, 2021, we had 27,151,665 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Unless stated otherwise, the following discussion summarizes the term and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock are able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors are authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its

86

Table of Contents

qualifications, limitations, or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in our control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of September 29, 2021, we had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 6,178,556 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.68 per share under the Augmedix Plan.

Stock Appreciation Rights

As of September 29, 2021, we had outstanding stock appreciation rights to purchase an aggregate of 367,552 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.94 per share under the Augmedix Plan.

Warrants

As of September 29, 2021, we had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,333,791 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.92 per share.

Other Convertible Securities

As of the date hereof, other than the securities described above, we do not have any outstanding convertible securities.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation, and our restated bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our Company. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our Company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Section 203 of the DGCL

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

• before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

• upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of

87

Table of Contents

• determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

• at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

• any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

• any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

• subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance of transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

• subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

• the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team or changes in our board of directors or our governance or policy, including the following:

• Board Vacancies.    Our restated bylaws and certificate of incorporation authorize generally only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships resulting from any cause or created by the expansion of our board of directors. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors may be set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

• Classified Board.    Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board of directors could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. See the section titled “Management” for additional information.

• Directors Removed Only for Cause.    Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

• Supermajority Requirements for Amendments of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws.    Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding common stock are required to amend certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the classified board, the size of the board of directors, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent, and designation of our preferred stock. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding common stock are required to amend or repeal our restated bylaws, although our restated bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

88

Table of Contents

• Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders.    Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, holders of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders to take any action, including the removal of directors.

• Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.    Our restated bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.

• No Cumulative Voting.    The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting.

• Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock.    We anticipate that after the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our board will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise.

• Choice of Forum.    Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated bylaws provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, which we refer to as a Federal Forum Provision. Our decision to adopt a Federal Forum Provision followed a decision by the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware holding that such provisions are facially valid under Delaware law. While there can be no assurance that federal courts or state courts will follow the holding of the Delaware Supreme Court or determine that the Federal Forum Provision should be enforced in a particular case, application of the Federal Forum Provision means that suits brought by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act must be brought in federal court and cannot be brought in state court. While neither the exclusive forum provision nor the Federal Forum Provision applies to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder also must be brought in federal court. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to our exclusive forum provisions, including

89

Table of Contents

the Federal Forum Provision. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of their choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is VStock Transfer, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, and its telephone number is (212) 828-8436.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see the section titled “Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters”.

90

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

There has been a limited public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of options or warrants that we may issue, in the public market after the Merger, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

As of September 29, 2021, we had 27,151,665 shares of common stock outstanding, of which our directors and executive officers beneficially own an aggregate of 250,660 shares. Of those outstanding shares, 1,265,893 shares of common stock are freely tradable, without restriction, as of the date of this registration statement, and 25,850,268 shares of common stock may be resold on the Prior Registration Statement. Shares issued in connection with the Merger or the Private Placement that have not be registered on the Prior Registration Statement may not be publicly sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act until 12 months from October 9, 2020, the filing date of our Form 8-K reflecting our status as a non-shell company.

Rule 144

In general, Rule 144 provides that (i) any of our non-affiliates that has held restricted common stock for at least 12 months is thereafter entitled to sell its restricted stock freely and without restriction, provided that we remain compliant and current with our SEC reporting obligations, and (ii) any of our affiliates, which includes our directors, executive officers and other person in control of us, that has held restricted common stock for at least 12 months is thereafter entitled to sell its restricted stock subject to the following restrictions: (a) we are compliant and current with our SEC reporting obligations, (b) certain manner of sale provisions are satisfied, (c) a Form 144 is filed with the SEC, and (d) certain volume limitations are satisfied, which limit the sale of shares within any three-month period to a number of shares that does not exceed 1% of the total number of outstanding shares or, if our common stock is then listed or quoted for trading on a national securities exchange, then the greater of 1% of the total number of outstanding shares and the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the Form 144 with respect to the sale. A person who has ceased to be an affiliate at least three months immediately preceding the sale and who has owned such shares of common stock for at least one year is entitled to sell the shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the limitations described above.

In addition to the foregoing requirements under Rule 144, sales of the securities of a former shell company, such as us, under Rule 144 are not permitted (i) until at least 12 months have elapsed from October 9, 2020 the filing date of our Current Report on Form 8-K, reflecting our status as a non-shell company, and (ii) unless at the time of a proposed sale, we are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and have filed all reports and other materials required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months, other than Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides that shares owned by any person may be sold without registration in the United States, provided that the sale is effected in an offshore transaction and no directed selling efforts are made in the United States (as these terms are defined in Regulation S), subject to certain other conditions. In general, this means that our shares of common stock may be sold in some other manner outside the United States without requiring registration in the United States.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement, in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act, before the Effective Date of the merger (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after we became subject to the public company reporting requirements of the exchange act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of

91

Table of Contents

Rule 144, and persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable).

Registration Rights

In connection with the Merger and the Private Placement, we entered into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which we filed the Prior Registration Statement, which the SEC declared effective on February 4, 2021. Subject to certain exceptions as described in the Registration Rights Agreement, if any Registration Event, as defined below, occurs, we will make payments to each holder of registrable shares as monetary penalties at a rate equal to 12% per annum of the total value of registrable shares held or purchased by such holder and affected during the period, based on the offering price of $3.00 per share; provided that the maximum amount of monetary penalties paid by us will not exceed 5% of such total value. We must use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Prior Registration Statement effective for three years from the date it is declared effective by the SEC or until the date on which all registrable shares have been transferred other than to certain enumerated permitted assignees under the Registration Rights Agreement. A “Registration Event” is defined to include (a) the Prior Registration Statement ceasing for any reason to remain continuously effective or the applicable holders are otherwise not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell the registrable securities for a period of more than 15 consecutive trading days, except for certain blackout periods as permitted therein; or (b) following the listing or inclusion for quotation on an “Approved Market” (which includes the OTCQX and Nasdaq), the registrable securities, if issued and outstanding, are not listed or included for quotation on such Approved Market, or trading of our common stock is suspended or halted on the Approved Market, which at the time constitutes the principal markets for our common stock, for more than three full, consecutive trading days; provided, however, a Registration Event shall not be deemed to occur if all or substantially all trading in equity securities (including our common stock) is suspended or halted on the Approved Market for any length of time.

Prior Lock-Up

Some of our largest stockholders, including those with shares registered on the Prior Registration Statement, are limited from making disposition of 80% of their respective securities holdings in the Company for a period commencing with the Company’s listing of its shares of common stock on an over-the-counter market as reported by the OTC Market Group Inc. on March 31, 2021 and ending on September 27, 2021, subject to certain early release conditions. Once this lock-up expires on September 27, 2021, the resale, or expected or potential resale, of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock at times and prices that you feel are appropriate. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Furthermore, we expect that selling stockholders will continue to offer shares covered by the Prior Registration Statement in significant amounts and for a significant period of time, the precise duration of which cannot be predicted. Accordingly, the adverse market and price pressures may continue for an extended period of time and continued negative pressure on the market price of our common stock could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional equity capital.

Lock-Up

We and our officers, directors and affiliated funds have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Stock Plans

We filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that are outstanding or reserved for issuance under the Augmedix Plan and 2020. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement are available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations described above, if applicable.

92

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof.

These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

• U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

• persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction;

• banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

• brokers, dealers, or traders in securities;

• “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

• partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

• tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

• persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

• tax-qualified retirement plans; and

• “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

93

Table of Contents

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

• a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and all substantial decisions of which are subject to the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section of this prospectus titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute returns of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “— Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaties.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

• the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

94

Table of Contents

• the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

• our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity”

95

Table of Contents

(each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertakes to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually reports certain information about such accounts, and withholds 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While, beginning on January 1, 2019, withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

96

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. William Blair & Company, L.L.C. is acting as representative of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name

 

Number of
Shares

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

4,000,000

B. Riley Securities, Inc.

 

3,000,000

Maxim Group LLC

 

3,000,000

Total

 

10,000,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $0.20 per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 1,500,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

Underwriting Discounts and Expenses

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $0.32 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

Without
option to purchase additional shares
exercise

 

With full
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise

Per Share

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.32

Total

 

$

3,200,000

 

$

3,680,000

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $853,000.

97

Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Lock-Up

We and our officers, directors and affiliated funds have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AUGX.”

Indications of Interest

Prior to the date hereof, certain of our existing investors and their affiliated entities, including one or more entities affiliated with Redmile Group, DCM, LifeSci Venture Partners, and McKesson Ventures have indicated an interest, severally and not jointly, in purchasing up to an aggregate of approximately $8.1 million of our shares in this offering at the public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the cornerstone investors may determine to purchase more, fewer or no shares in this offering or the underwriters may determine to sell more, fewer or no shares to any of the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares purchased by the cornerstone investors as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. In addition, Emmanuel Krakaris, our President, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and a member of our board of directors, Sandra Breber, our Chief Operating Officer, and Paul Ginocchio, our Chief Financial Officer, have agreed to purchase in the aggregate $336,000 of our shares in this offering at the public offering price per share and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering.

Price Stabilization and Short Positions

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

98

Table of Contents

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

New Issue of Securities

Prior to this offering, there has only been a limited public market for our common stock. The public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters. In determining the public offering price, we and the representative of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

• the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;

• our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

• an assessment of our management;

• our prospects for future earnings;

• the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

• the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

• other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each an “EEA State”), no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that EEA State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that EEA State or, where appropriate, approved in another EEA State and notified to the competent authority in that EEA State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that EEA State of any shares of common stock at any time under the following exemptions under the EU Prospectus Regulation:

• to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation;

• to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representative for any such offer; or

• in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of the shares of common stock shall require the company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

99

Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of common stock, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended or superseded).

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common stock which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares of common stock at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:

• to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;

• to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

• in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the UK Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares of common stock shall require the company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the United Kingdom, the offering is only addressed to, and is directed only at, “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, who are also (i) persons having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); (ii) high net worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high value trusts as described in Article 49(2) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offering and any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of common stock, and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means the UK version of Regulation (EU) No 2017/1129 as amended by The Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, which is part of UK law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock has been or will be:

• released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

• used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares of common stock to the public in France.

100

Table of Contents

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

• to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) as defined by Article 2(e) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, as amended and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) investing for their own account in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

• to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

• in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (offre au public de titres financiers).

The shares of common stock may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412- 1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Investors in Switzerland

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

101

Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares of common stock may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares of common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares of common stock were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or

102

Table of Contents

amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

• a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

• a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

• to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

• where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

• where the transfer is by operation of law; or

• as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the Capital Markets Products (the “CMP”) Regulations 2018, the shares of common stock are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in Monetary Authority of Singapore Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and Monetary Authority of Singapore Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Financial Advisors

The Benchmark Company, LLC and Lake Street Capital Markets, LLC acted as financial advisors to the Company and each received a $187,500 fee in connection with their service as financial advisors. The Benchmark Company LLC will also be a member of the selling group.

103

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Augmedix as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Frank, Rimmerman + Co. LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You may read our SEC filings, including this registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for review at the SEC’s website referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.augmedix.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

104

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

     

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

F-27

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the three and six months ended June 30,
2021 and 2020

 

F-28

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-29

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

 

F-30

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-31

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Augmedix, Inc.
San Francisco, California

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of their operations and comprehensive loss and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Frank, Rimerman + Co. LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
San Francisco, California
March 30, 2021

F-2

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

20,762,084

 

 

$

9,603,266

 

Restricted cash

 

 

2,210,902

 

 

 

2,000,119

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9,882 and $9,882 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

 

 

2,692,540

 

 

 

2,290,803

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,103,505

 

 

 

458,509

 

Total current assets

 

 

26,769,031

 

 

 

14,352,697

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

992,374

 

 

 

1,213,026

 

Deposits

 

 

173,183

 

 

 

173,294

 

Total assets

 

$

27,934,588

 

 

$

15,739,017

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable, current portion

 

$

2,893,667

 

 

$

2,893,667

 

Subordinated note payable, current portion

 

 

3,719,265

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

258,916

 

 

 

640,896

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

3,109,293

 

 

 

2,766,248

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

5,438,555

 

 

 

5,510,460

 

Customer deposits

 

 

1,052,900

 

 

 

1,052,900

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

16,472,596

 

 

 

12,864,171

 

Note payable, net of current portion

 

 

2,180,300

 

 

 

 

Subordinated note payable, net of current portion

 

 

6,158,082

 

 

 

9,721,608

 

Deferred rent, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

 

20,877

 

Preferred stock warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

4,391,372

 

Total liabilities

 

 

24,810,978

 

 

 

26,998,028

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

53,882,460

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 26,859,850 and 833,505 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

 

 

2,686

 

 

 

83

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

87,051,058

 

 

 

3,174,102

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(83,877,972

)

 

 

(68,274,256

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(52,162

)

 

 

(41,400

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

3,123,610

 

 

 

(65,141,471

)

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

27,934,588

 

 

$

15,739,017

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Revenues

 

$

16,483,184

 

 

$

14,107,681

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

9,689,527

 

 

 

9,428,454

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,793,657

 

 

 

4,679,227

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

11,566,585

 

 

 

10,861,392

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

4,397,834

 

 

 

3,583,285

 

Research and development

 

 

4,521,583

 

 

 

6,977,259

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

20,486,002

 

 

 

21,421,936

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(13,692,345

)

 

 

(16,742,709

)

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,453,022

)

 

 

(2,812,361

)

Interest income

 

 

10,835

 

 

 

6,268

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

(469,184

)

 

 

1,050,461

 

Total other income (expenses), net

 

 

(1,911,371

)

 

 

(1,755,632

)

Net loss

 

 

(15,603,716

)

 

 

(18,498,341

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation adjustment

 

 

(10,762

)

 

 

6,903

 

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(15,614,478

)

 

$

(18,491,438

)

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

 

$

(2.22

)

 

$

(22.24

)

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

7,033,670

 

 

 

831,590

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

         

Stockholders’ Deficit

   

Convertible Preferred Stock

 



Common Stock

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance at January 1, 2019

 

8,050,502

 

 

$

38,257,039

 

 

829,938

 

 

$

83

 

 

$

2,773,470

 

 

$

(49,775,915

)

 

$

(48,303

)

 

$

(47,050,665

)

Conversion of bridge loan to Series B convertible preferred stock

 

1,281,631

 

 

 

2,609,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

1,078,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

5,306,910

 

 

 

11,937,331

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(346

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of common stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,533

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

397,099

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,903

 

 

 

6,903

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,498,341

)

 

 

 

 

 

(18,498,341

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

14,639,043

 

 

$

53,882,460

 

 

833,505

 

 

$

83

 

 

$

3,174,102

 

 

$

(68,274,256

)

 

$

(41,400

)

 

$

(65,141,471

)

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

173,752

 

 

 

400,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock

 

(14,804,274

)

 

 

(54,242,464

)

 

14,804,274

 

 

 

1,480

 

 

 

54,240,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,242,464

 

Reclassification of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,230,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,230,687

 

Payment to unaccredited investors upon consummation of the Merger

 

(8,521

)

 

 

(40,500

)

 

(183,510

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(546,183

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(546,201

)

Issuance of common stock to former stockholders of Malo Holdings Corporation

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,166,667

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

(52,261

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52,044

)

Sale of common stock in private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,138,855

 

 

 

914

 

 

 

24,255,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,256,094

 

Exercise of common stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,059

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

80,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,487

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

668,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

668,072

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,762

)

 

 

(10,762

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,603,716

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,603,716

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

 

$

 

 

26,859,850

 

 

$

2,686

 

 

$

87,051,058

 

 

$

(83,877,972

)

 

$

(52,162

)

 

$

3,123,610

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(15,603,716

)

 

$

(18,498,341

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

867,000

 

 

 

949,006

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

668,072

 

 

 

397,099

 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

155,738

 

 

 

1,421,655

 

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

 

 

743,837

 

 

 

71,635

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

(2,941

)

Deferred rent

 

 

(210,010

)

 

 

(217,756

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(401,737

)

 

 

(126,200

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(646,925

)

 

 

(38,950

)

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

(40,882

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(396,863

)

 

 

373,747

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

497,656

 

 

 

530,280

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(71,905

)

 

 

644,961

 

Customer deposits

 

 

 

 

 

(108,750

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(14,398,853

)

 

 

(14,645,437

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(647,015

)

 

 

(823,013

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(647,015

)

 

 

(823,013

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid in connection with the Merger, net of cash acquired

 

 

(46,044

)

 

 

 

Payment to unaccredited investors of Augmedix Operating Corporation

 

 

(555,174

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable

 

 

2,180,300

 

 

 

 

Repayment of notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

(1,357,837

)

Proceeds from sale of common stock

 

 

27,416,565

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock

 

 

499,999

 

 

 

15,271,440

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

3,303,535

 

Payment of financing costs

 

 

(3,159,488

)

 

 

(52,893

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

80,487

 

 

 

3,533

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

26,416,645

 

 

 

17,167,778

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

 

 

(1,176

)

 

 

(10,397

)

Net increase in cash and restricted cash

 

 

11,369,601

 

 

 

1,688,931

 

Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year

 

 

11,603,385

 

 

 

9,914,454

 

Cash and restricted cash at end of year

 

$

22,972,986

 

 

$

11,603,385

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

1,265,608

 

 

$

1,367,929

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible preferred stock to shares of common stock

 

$

54,242,264

 

 

$

 

Amounts due to unaccredited investors of Augmedix Operating Corporation

 

$

31,527

 

 

$

 

Financing fees in accrued expenses

 

$

5,000

 

 

$

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock in exchange for convertible notes payable and accrued interest

 

$

 

 

$

3,319,283

 

Beneficial conversion feature related to convertible notes payable

 

$

 

 

$

1,078,769

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Nature of Business

Augmedix, Inc. (formerly known as Malo Holdings Corporation, the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on December 27, 2018. Since inception, the Company has been engaged in organizational efforts and obtaining initial financing. The Company was formed as a vehicle to pursue a business combination.

On October 5, 2020 (the “Effective Time”), pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated October 5, 2020 (“Merger Agreement”) among the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, August Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Acquisition Sub”) and Augmedix Operating Corporation (“Private Augmedix”), a privately held Delaware corporation, Acquisition Sub merged with and into Private Augmedix, with Private Augmedix continuing as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”). Following the Merger, Private Augmedix became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Private Augmedix was incorporated in the state of Delaware in April 2013 and is headquartered in San Francisco, California. Private Augmedix has two wholly owned subsidiaries, Augmedix BD Limited, established in February 2015, and Augmedix Solutions Pvt. Ltd., established in February 2019, which are entities formed in Bangladesh and India, respectively. Subsequent to the Merger, the Company provides virtual medical documentation services for clinicians.

At the Effective Time, each of Private Augmedix’s shares of Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger was converted into the right to receive (a) 0.420864013 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Share Conversion Ratio”) (in the case of shares held by accredited investors) or (b) $3.00 multiplied by the Common Share Conversion Ratio (in the case of shares held by unaccredited investors and those with an entitlement to shares of Private Augmedix’s capital stock). Except as otherwise noted, all common share amounts and per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect this Exchange Ratio, which was effected upon the Merger.

In addition, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) options and stock appreciation rights to purchase shares of Private Augmedix’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger under the Private Augmedix 2013 Equity Incentive Plan were assumed and converted into options and stock appreciation rights to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, (ii) warrants to purchase shares of Private Augmedix’s Series B convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger were assumed and converted into warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) warrants to purchase shares of Private Augmedix’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger were assumed and converted into warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.

The Merger was accounted for as a “reverse acquisition” since, immediately following the consummation of the Merger (the “Closing”), Private Augmedix effectively controlled the post-combination Company. For accounting purposes, Private Augmedix was deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the Merger and, consequently, the Merger is treated as a recapitalization of Private Augmedix (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of shares by the Company for the shares of Private Augmedix). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations of Private Augmedix became the historical financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company’s assets, liabilities and results of operations were consolidated with Private Augmedix beginning at the Closing. No step-up in basis or intangible assets or goodwill were recorded in the Merger. In addition, the historically issued and outstanding Malo Holdings Corporation common stock has been re-casted to retrospectively reflect the number of common stock issued in the Merger in all periods presented. The common stock was adjusted retrospectively from $198 to $83, and the additional paid-in capital was adjusted retrospectively from $3,173,987 to $3,174,102, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. The consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ deficit for the year ended December 31, 2019 was also adjusted retrospectively to reflect the change. The loss per share was adjusted retrospectively from $9.36 to $22.24 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

F-7

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Nature of Business (cont.)

Liquidity and Going Concern

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), the Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued.

The Company has incurred recurring losses since its inception, including net losses of $15.6 million and $18.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2020, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $83.9 million. The Company has relied on debt and equity financing to fund operations to date and management expects losses and negative cash flows to continue, primarily as a result of continued research, development and marketing efforts. The Company believes its cash and restricted cash will provide sufficient resources to meet working capital needs for over twelve months. Over the longer term, if the Company does not generate sufficient revenue from new and existing products, additional debt or equity financing may be required along with a reduction in expenditures. Additionally, there is no assurance if the Company requires additional future financing, that such financing will be available on terms, which are acceptable to the Company, or at all.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to a number of risks associated with companies at a similar stage, including dependence on key individuals, competition from similar products and larger companies, volatility of the industry, ability to obtain adequate financing to support growth, the ability to attract and retain additional qualified personnel to manage the anticipated growth of the Company, and general economic conditions.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) as a pandemic which continues to spread throughout the United States and the world. The Company is monitoring the impact of COVID-19 and the related business and travel restrictions and changes to behavior intended to reduce its spread, in addition to the impact on its employees. The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning COVID-19, the actions taken to contain it or mitigate its impact, the success of the vaccine rollout and the economic impact on local, regional, national and international markets.

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and as amended by ASUs of the FASB. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Augmedix, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Augmedix Operating Corporation, Augmedix Bangladesh Limited and Augmedix Solutions Private Limited. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the

F-8

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

consolidated financial statements, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s significant estimates and judgments involve the identification of performance obligations in revenue recognition and the valuation of the warrant liability and stock-based compensation, including the underlying fair value of the preferred and common stock. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one segment.

Reverse Stock Split

In March 2019, the Board of Directors approved an amendment of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation approving a 10:1 reverse stock split on all authorized and outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock. All references to common stock share, preferred stock share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect, where applicable, the reverse stock split, as indicated.

Foreign Currency Transactions, Translations and Foreign Operations

The functional currency of the Bangladesh and India subsidiaries are the Bangladeshi Taka and Indian Rupee, respectively. All assets and liabilities denominated in each entity’s functional currency are translated into the U.S. dollar using the exchange rate in effect as of the balance sheet dates. Expenses are translated using the weighted average exchange rate for the reporting period. The resulting translation gains and losses are recorded within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit). Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded within other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Transaction gains and losses were not material for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Operations outside the United States are subject to risks inherent in operating under different legal systems and various political and economic environments. Among the risks are changes in existing tax laws, possible limitations on foreign investment and income repatriation, government price or foreign exchange controls, and restrictions on currency exchange.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers

Financial instruments at December 31, 2020 and 2019 that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash is deposited with major financial institutions in the United States, Bangladesh and India. At times, deposits in financial institutions located in the United States may be in excess of the amount of insurance provided on such deposits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Cash deposits at foreign financial institutions are not insured by government agencies of Bangladesh and India. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on its cash deposits.

The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned from customers located in the United States. Major customers are defined as those generating revenue in excess of 10% of the Company’s annual revenue. The Company had two major customers during the year ended December 31, 2020 and two major customers during the year ended December 31, 2019. Revenues from the major customers accounted for 28%

F-9

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

and 20% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, and 26% and 17% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. Accounts receivable from these customers totaled $715,563 and $892,027 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents amounts held on deposit at a commercial bank used to secure the Company’s Note Payable. The following table provides a reconciliation of the components of cash and restricted cash reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets to the total of the amount presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Cash

 

$

20,762,084

 

$

9,603,266

Restricted cash

 

 

2,210,902

 

 

2,000,119

Total cash and restricted cash presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows

 

$

22,972,986

 

$

11,603,385

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable primarily relates to amounts due from customers, which are typically due within 30 to 60 days from invoice date. The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company does not require collateral or other security for accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk with accounts receivable, the Company performs ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Historically, such losses have been immaterial and within management’s expectations.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company depreciates computer hardware, software and equipment using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from one to three years. The Company depreciates furniture and fixtures using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from five to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred by the Company.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets, less costs to sell. The Company did not record any expense related to asset impairment in 2020 or 2019.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Certain assets and liabilities of the Company are carried at fair value under GAAP. The Company uses a three-level hierarchy, which prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity-specific information for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Fair value focuses on an exit price and is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants

F-10

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

at the measurement date. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with those financial instruments.

The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements is defined as follows:

Level 1:    Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2:    Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3:    Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

An asset or liability’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Accounting standards require that freestanding warrants and similar instruments, due to settlement features of the financial instruments, should be accounted for as a preferred stock warrant liability even though the underlying shares of capital stock may be classified as equity. Such warrants are measured and recognized at fair value, and subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. At the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value during the period are recognized as a component of other income (expense) on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss until the warrants are exercised or expire.

Revenue Recognition

ASC Topic 606 outlines a single comprehensive model to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The core principle, involving a five-step process, of the revenue model is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

The Company derives its revenue through a recurring subscription model. The Company enters into contracts or agreements with its customers with a general initial term of one year. Customers are invoiced in advance and must generally pay an upfront implementation fee. The upfront implementation fee is deferred and recognized over the initial term of the contract and customer prepayments are deferred and included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in deferred revenues. Revenues are recognized when the professional services are provided to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services. The Company’s revenues are earned from customers primarily located in the United States. After the initial term, contracts are cancellable by the customer at their discretion with a 90 day notice.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

• Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

• Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

• Determination of the transaction price;

• Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

• Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

F-11

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Except for two U.S. state sales tax jurisdictions, applicable taxes, including local, sales, value added tax, etc., are the responsibility of the customer to self-assess and remit to proper tax authorities. Revenue is recognized net of any sales taxes.

The Company also generates revenue from data service projects, which includes discrete projects to complete certain tasks or provide other services to customers. These services represent separate performance obligations which are recognized as revenue as the services are performed.

Contract Balances and Accounts Receivable

Changes in the contract liability deferred revenue account were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

Years Ended
December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

5,510,460

 

 

$

4,865,499

 

Deferral of revenue

 

 

16,411,279

 

 

 

14,752,642

 

Recognition of unearned revenue

 

 

(16,483,184

)

 

 

(14,107,681

)

Balance, end of year

 

$

5,438,555

 

 

$

5,510,460

 

Accounts receivable, net from customers was $2,692,540 and $2,290,803 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognized for the Company’s services, as described above, and is recognized as revenue as earned. As of December 31, 2020, the Company expects to recognize $5,438,555 from remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months.

Customer Deposits

Customer deposits consists of deposits received by the Company, as required on certain contracts and agreements, which are refundable at the termination of the contract.

Cost of Revenue

The Company’s cost of revenue consists primarily of salaries and related expenses, overhead, contract labor and third party services from MDS Vendors, depreciation expense related to the glass equipment and information technology costs incurred directly in the Company’s revenue-generating activities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock options awarded to employees and nonemployees based on the estimated fair market value of the award on the grant date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock options as they occur. Stock-based awards issued to nonemployees were revalued at each reporting period until the award vests.

On January 1, 2019, the Company early adopted FASB ASU 2018-7, Compensation — Stock Compensation (ASC Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. As a result of the adoption, stock-based awards issued to nonemployees are no longer required to be revalued at each reporting period. The adoption of ASU No. 2018-7 did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

F-12

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Estimating the fair market value of options requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected life of the options, stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The assumptions used in the Company’s Black-Scholes option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates and involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, as they are inherently subjective.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, licensing costs and other direct expenses.

Advertising Costs

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising expenses incurred by the Company were $155,835 and $51,919 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company reports comprehensive loss, which includes the Company’s net loss as well as changes in equity from non-stockholder sources, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (deficit). In the Company’s case, the change in equity included in comprehensive loss is the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method as required by FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period corresponding to the enactment date. Under ASC 740, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income.

FASB ASC Subtopic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty of Income Taxes, (“ASC 740-10”) defines the criterion an individual tax position must meet for any part of the benefit of the tax position to be recognized in financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not such tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based solely on the technical merits of the respective tax position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a tax position should be measured based on the largest benefit having a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. In accordance with the disclosure requirements of ASC 740-10, the Company’s policy on income statement classification of interest and penalties related to income tax obligations is to include such items as part of total income tax expense.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted net loss per common stock includes the effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as options and warrants which would result in the issuance of incremental common stock. In computing basic and diluted net loss per share, the weighted average number of shares is the same for both calculations due to the fact that a net loss existed for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

F-13

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

The following potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, as they would be anti-dilutive:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

14,639,043

Convertible preferred stock warrants

 

 

2,710,498

Common stock warrants

 

2,991,499

 

5,585

Stock options

 

4,211,857

 

2,749,298

   

7,203,356

 

20,104,424

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASC Topic 842, Leases, (“Topic 842”). This standard requires all entities that lease assets with terms of more than 12 months to capitalize the assets and related liabilities on the balance sheet. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, which amended the effective date of Topic 842 until January 1, 2022. Upon adoption, the standard requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach for its adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the effect Topic 842 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Management expects the assets leased under operating leases, similar to the leases disclosed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, will be capitalized together with the related lease obligations on the consolidated balance sheet upon the adoption of Topic 842.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU No. 2016-15 addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020 and it did not have a material impact to the consolidated statement of cash flows.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurements, which changes the fair value measurement disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 820 (“ASC 820”). The goal of the ASU is to improve the effectiveness of ASC 820’s disclosure requirements. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020 and it did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASC Update No. 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. The goal of the ASC is to simplify the complexity associated with applying GAAP for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. More specifically, the amendments focus on the guidance for convertible instruments and derivative scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption to the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, which requires financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and the Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard but does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

F-14

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Malo Holdings Corporation Merger

As described in Note 1, Private Augmedix merged with the Malo Holdings Corporation (“Malo”) in October 2020. The Merger was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization with Private Augmedix as the accounting acquirer. This determination was primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the Merger, Private Augmedix stockholders have a majority of the voting power of the combined company, Private Augmedix will comprise all of the ongoing operations of the combined entity, and Private Augmedix’s senior management will comprise all of the senior management of the combined company. The primary pre-combination asset of Malo was cash. Under reverse recapitalization accounting, the assets and liabilities of Malo were recorded at their historical cost with no goodwill or intangible assets were recognized.

As part of the reverse recapitalization, the Company obtained approximately $4,000 of cash and assumed payables and accruals of approximately $56,000, of which $50,000 was paid at closing. Additionally, transaction costs of approximately $753,000 consisting of legal, accounting, financial advisory and other professional fees were expensed as incurred and are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020.

4. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

December 31, 2020

   

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Liabilities

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Preferred stock warrant liability

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

December 31, 2019

   

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Liabilities

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Preferred stock warrant liability

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,391,372

The Company’s Series B preferred stock warrants were classified as liabilities, recorded at fair value and subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until they were converted into common stock warrants in connection with the completion of the Merger. The common stock warrants are equity classified as of the Merger date and are no longer subject to remeasurement.

The Series B preferred stock warrant liabilities are estimated using an option pricing model. The significant assumptions used in valuing the warrants include expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. As of Merger date, immediately prior to reclassifying the warrants to equity, and as of December 31, 2019 the significant weighted-average assumptions were as follows:

 

October 5,

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

1.9

%

Remaining contractual life of warrant (years)

 

 

8.9

 

 

 

9.7

 

Expected volatility

 

 

57.8

%

 

 

50.9

%

Annual dividend yield

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

Fair value of Series B convertible preferred stock

 

$

1.26

 

 

$

1.14

 

F-15

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Fair Value Measurements (cont.)

The reconciliation of the Series B preferred stock warrant liability measured at fair value, until the reclassification into equity at the time of the Merger, on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) was as follows:

Balance, January 1, 2019

 

$

328,559

 

Issuance of warrants in connection with Series B financing

 

 

3,991,178

 

Change in fair value recorded as other expense

 

 

71,635

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

4,391,372

 

Issuance of warrants in connection with Series B financing

 

 

95,478

 

Change in fair value recorded as other expense

 

 

743,837

 

Reclassification to equity

 

 

(5,230,687

)

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

$

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, customer deposits, and note payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Company’s subordinated note payable and the PPP Loan was $10,600,000 and $1,900,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the carrying value of the Company subordinated note payable and the PPP Loan was $10,072,163 and $2,180,300, respectively. The estimated fair value for the Company’s subordinated note payable and PPP Loan was based on discounted expected future cash flows using prevailing interest rates which are Level 3 inputs under the fair value hierarchy.

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Computer hardware, software and equipment

 

$

5,557,034

 

 

$

5,039,545

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

2,186,239

 

 

 

2,072,006

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

270,943

 

 

 

262,865

 

   

 

8,014,216

 

 

 

7,374,416

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(7,021,842

)

 

 

(6,161,390

)

   

$

992,374

 

 

$

1,213,026

 

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $867,000 and $949,006 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

6. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Accrued compensation

 

$

1,711,377

 

$

1,196,723

Accrued other

 

 

611,947

 

 

530,924

Accrued vendor partner liabilities

 

 

559,478

 

 

769,351

Deferred rent

 

 

20,877

 

 

210,010

Accrued professional fees

 

 

150,859

 

 

36,227

Accrued VAT and other taxes

 

 

54,755

 

 

23,013

   

$

3,109,293

 

$

2,766,248

F-16

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt

Note Payable

In June 2015, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (“Agreement”) with a commercial bank. The Agreement allowed for borrowings of up to $3,500,000. Outstanding borrowings under the Agreement bear interest at the prime rate of interest plus 0.5% (3.62% and 5.25% at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively). The Agreement initially required monthly interest- only payments through December 2016, followed by 30 equal payments of principal and interest beginning January 2017 through its maturity in June 2019. However, the Agreement was amended multiple times, most recently in December 2020 and January 2021 to change the principal payment from a lump sum payment at December 31, 2020 to a 12-month amortization starting January 31, 2021 and be fully repaid on December 31, 2021. The Company must maintain at least $2,000,000 in an account with and under the control of the commercial bank, that reduces in line with the loan balance once the loan balance declines below $2,000,000. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the outstanding balance due on the note payable is $2,893,667.

Outstanding borrowings under the Agreement are secured by substantially all assets of the Company, and the Company is required to maintain certain financial and non-financial covenants. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

In October 2018, in connection with the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock (Note 8), the Company cancelled warrants previously issued to the commercial bank and issued in its place warrants to purchase 234 and 91 shares of common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $96.24 per share and $106.17 per share, are immediately exercisable and expire in June 2025 and July 2027, respectively.

Subordinated Note Payable

In May 2017, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (“Sub Agreement”) with a lending institution for borrowings of up to $10,000,000. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, outstanding borrowings under the Sub Agreement bear interest at the rate of 12% per year.

Outstanding borrowings under the Sub Agreement are collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company and are subordinate to any outstanding borrowings under the Agreement. Borrowings under the Sub Agreement are subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

In August 2019, the Company amended the Sub Agreement (“Amended Sub Agreement”) to extend the interest-only period through December 2020 and the maturity date to April 2023. Following the interest-only period, the Amended Sub Agreement requires 28 equal payments of principal and interest through March 2023, and a final lump sum payment of outstanding principal and interest at maturity.

Pursuant to the Sub Agreement, a final payment of $650,000 is payable at the maturity date in April 2023. The Company recorded the final payment as both a discount and an increase to the principal amount of the debt. The Company also capitalized certain lender and legal costs associated with the Sub Agreement totaling $279,757, which were recorded as a discount to the Sub Agreement. The aggregate discount of $1,195,012 is being amortized to interest expense over the repayment term of the Sub Agreement. The Company amortized $105,739 and $327,138 of the discount to interest expense during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the remaining unamortized discount was $194,816 and $300,555, respectively.

In connection with the Sub Agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 3,376 shares of Series A-2. The warrant had an exercise price of $148.10 per share, was immediately exercisable and was to expire in July 2027. At issuance, the fair value of the warrant was determined to be $265,255, which was recorded as a discount to the Sub Agreement and as a preferred stock warrant liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-17

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (cont.)

In connection with an amendment to the Sub Agreement in May 2018, the warrant to purchase 3,376 shares of Series A-2 was terminated and a new warrant to purchase 12,576 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (“Prior Series B Warrant”) was issued. Then, in October 2018, in connection with the “Pay-to-Play” financing the Company cancelled the outstanding Prior Series B Warrant and in replacement issued a warrant to purchase 100,712 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock (“Series A-1 warrant”). The Series A-1 warrant had an exercise price of $4.76 per share, was immediately exercisable and was to expire in October 2028. In August 2019, in connection with the Amended Sub Agreement, the Company canceled the outstanding Series A-1 warrant and in replacement issued a warrant to purchase 580,383 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. The warrant had an exercise price of $2.88 per share, is immediately exercisable and expires in September 2029. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the warrants to purchase shares of Series B convertible preferred stock were converted to warrants to purchase 580,383 shares of common stock at a price of $2.88 per share.

At December 31, 2020, the future minimum payments required under the Sub Agreement, including the final payment, are as follows as of:

Years ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

2021

 

$

3,719,265

 

2022

 

 

4,190,960

 

2023

 

 

1,511,938

 

   

 

9,422,163

 

End of term charge

 

 

650,000

 

   

 

10,072,163

 

Less unamortized debt discount

 

 

(194,816

)

Sub agreement borrowing net of discount

 

 

9,877,347

 

Less current portion

 

 

(3,719,265

)

Sub agreement borrowings, non-current portion

 

$

6,158,082

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

In August 2019, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to certain existing shareholders and received cash proceeds of $3,303,535. The notes accrued simple interest of 6% per year and, if not converted, were to mature in January 2020. All principal and interest were due at maturity. The convertible promissory notes contained a contingent beneficial conversion feature whereby the convertible promissory notes automatically convert to capital stock that is sold in a qualified financing that raises aggregate gross proceeds in excess of $14,700,000. The conversion price was 90% of the lowest selling price per share in the qualified financing. In September 2019, the Company completed a qualified financing (Note 8) and the principal amount plus $15,748 of accrued interest converted into 1,281,631 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. In addition, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 378,836 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a price of $2.88 per share with an initial aggregate fair value of $709,962 which are immediately exercisable and expire in September 2029. As a result of the contingent beneficial conversion feature, the Company recognized interest expense of $1,078,769 at the date of conversion. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the warrants to purchase shares of Series B convertible preferred stock were converted to warrants to purchase 378,836 shares of common stock at a price of $2.88 per share.

Paycheck Protection Program

On April 11, 2020, the Company entered into an original loan agreement with East West Bank as the lender for a loan in an aggregate principal amount of $2,180,300 (“PPP Loan”) pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) and implemented by the U.S. Small Business Administration. The PPP Loan matures in two years and bears interest at a rate of 1% per year, with all payments deferred through the six-month anniversary of the date of the PPP Loan. Principal plus accrued unpaid interest is to be paid in one payment two years after the date of this note and may be prepaid by the Company

F-18

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (cont.)

at any time prior to maturity without penalty. The Company may apply for forgiveness of amounts due under the PPP Loan, with the amount of potential loan forgiveness to be calculated in accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act based on payroll costs, any mortgage interest payments, any covered rent payments and any covered utilities payments during the 8-24 week period after the origination date of the Loan. The Company used proceeds of the Loan for payroll and other qualifying expenses. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on the PPP Loan was $2,180,300 and has been classified as a long-term liability in notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

On November 19, 2020, the Company applied for forgiveness of the full principal amount. No assurance can be given that the Company will be granted forgiveness of the PPP Loan in whole or in part.

8. Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Subject to preferences that may apply to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that the Company’s board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for that purpose on a non-cumulative basis. No dividends had been declared through December 31, 2020.

In connection with the Merger, as discussed in Note 1, the Company issued 2,166,667 shares of common stock to the former shareholders of Malo Holdings Corporation. The Company paid $555,174 to several unaccredited investors of Private Augmedix in lieu of issuing shares. As of December 31, 2020, the Company accrued $31,527 for remaining payments to be made to unaccredited investors in lieu of issuing shares.

Following the Effective Time of the Merger, the Company sold 8,472,188 shares of common stock pursuant to an initial closing of a private placement offering for up to 10,000,000 shares of common stock (plus up to an additional 1,666,667 shares of common stock to cover over-subscriptions in the event the private placement offering is over-subscribed) at a purchase price of $3.00 per share (“Offering”) for aggregate gross proceeds of $25.4 million. The Company incurred issuance costs of $3.0 million. Also, the private placement agents received warrants to purchase up to 164,745 shares of the Company’s common stock with a term of five years and an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

In November 2020, the Company sold 666,667 additional shares of common stock pursuant to an additional closing of the Private Placement (“Additional Closing”) for aggregate gross proceeds of $2.0 million. The Company incurred issuance costs of $160,000. In connection with the Additional Closing, the placement agents received warrants to purchase up to 53,333 shares of the Company’s common stock with a term of five years and an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

Common Stock Warrants

In October 2018 and August 2019, the Company issued warrants to nonemployees to purchase 1,052 and 4,208 shares of common stock, respectively. The warrants have an exercise price of $39.76 per share and $0.86 per share, are immediately exercisable and expire in August 2028 and August 2024, respectively. The Company determined the fair value of the warrants to be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements as a whole.

F-19

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock (cont.)

At December 31, 2020, the Company had the following warrants outstanding to acquire shares of its common stock:

Expiration Date

 

Shares of common stock issuance upon exercise of warrants

 

Exercise
Price Per
Warrant

August 7, 2024

 

4,208

 

$

0.86

June 11, 2025

 

234

 

$

96.24

November 13, 2025

 

218,078

 

$

3.00

July 28, 2027

 

91

 

$

106.17

August 28, 2028

 

1,052

 

$

39.76

September 2, 2029

 

2,767,836

 

$

2.88

   

2,991,499

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The Company’s board of directors are authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series. As of December 31, 2020 there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Convertible Preferred Stock

In connection with the Merger, as discussed in Note 1, the Company issued 14,804,274 shares of its common stock to holders of convertible preferred stock of Private Augmedix. No convertible preferred securities were outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2019, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following shares outstanding:

 

Shares Issued and Outstanding

Series A

 

2,683,500

Series A-1

 

5,367,001

Series B

 

6,588,542

   

14,693,043

In September and October 2019, Private Augmedix raised $15,271,440 in cash proceeds through issuance of 5,306,910 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (“Series B”) to certain existing shareholders and warrants to purchase up to 1,751,279 shares of Series B at a price of $2.88 per share. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire in September 2029. The proceeds were first allocated to the warrant liability based on an initial fair value of $3,281,216, with a corresponding amount recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the Series B. Private Augmedix incurred issuance costs of $52,893 which were recorded as a reduction of the proceeds. In addition, the Private Augmedix also issued 1,281,631 shares of Series B in exchange for the conversion of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest.

In February 2020, Private Augmedix raised $499,999 in cash proceeds through issuance of 173,752 shares of Series B to certain existing shareholders and warrants to purchase up to 57,338 shares of Series B at a price of $2.88 per share, are immediately exercisable and expire in September 2029. The proceeds were first

F-20

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock (cont.)

allocated to the warrant liability based on an initial fair value of $95,478 with a corresponding amount recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the Series B. Private Augmedix incurred issuance costs of $4,017 which were recorded as a reduction of the proceeds.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In August 2019, in connection with amending its Sub Agreement (Note 7), the Company issued a warrant to purchase 580,383 shares of Series B. In September and October 2019, in connection with the Series B financing and the conversion of convertible promissory notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,130,115 shares of Series B. In February 2020, in connection with the Series B financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 57,338 shares of Series B. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the warrants to purchase shares of Series B were converted to warrants to purchase 2,767,836 shares of common stock at a price of $2.88 per share are immediately exercisable and expire in September 2029.

9. Equity Incentive Plan

At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Company assumed Private Augmedix’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”). Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees and directors. NSOs, SARs and RSAs may be granted to employees, directors, advisors and consultants. The Board of Directors has the authority to determine to whom options will be granted, the number of options, the term, and the exercise price. No shares of restricted stock, no stock appreciation rights and no RSUs were granted under the 2013 Plan after August 31, 2020.

Pursuant to the Merger, the Company adopted the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (“2020 Plan”) which serves as successor to the 2013 Plan. The 2020 Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance awards, cash awards, and stock bonus awards. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control. Options issued may have a contractual life of up to 10 years and may be exercisable in cash or as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. Vesting generally occurs over a period of not greater than four years.

The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan will increase automatically on January 1, 2021 through 2030 by the number of shares equal to the lesser of 5% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding January 1, or a number as may be determined by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2020, 600,102 shares remained available for grant under the 2020 Plan.

The Company recorded share-based compensation expense in the following expense categories in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

Year ended
December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

General and administrative

 

$

444,495

 

$

256,508

Sales and marketing

 

 

126,632

 

 

69,856

Research and development

 

 

65,518

 

 

55,921

Cost of revenues

 

 

31,427

 

 

14,814

   

$

668,072

 

$

397,099

No income tax benefits have been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements and no stock-based compensation costs have been capitalized as property and equipment through December 31, 2020.

F-21

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Equity Incentive Plan (cont.)

The fair value of options is estimated using the Black Scholes option pricing model which takes into account inputs such as the exercise price, the value of the underlying ordinary shares at the grant date, expected term, expected volatility, risk free interest rate and dividend yield. The fair value of each grant of options during the year ended December 31, 2020 was determined using the methods and assumptions discussed below.

• The expected term of employee options is determined using the “simplified” method, as prescribed in SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107, whereby the expected life equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option due to the Company’s lack of sufficient historical data.

• The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the publicly traded common stock of a peer group of companies.

• The risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate payable on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the time of grant for a period that is commensurate with the assumed expected term.

• The expected dividend yield is none because the Company has not historically paid and does not expect for the foreseeable future to pay a dividend on its ordinary shares.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the grant date fair value of all option grants was estimated at the time of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Expected term (in years)

 

5.72

 

 

6.4

 

Expected Volatility

 

42.9

%

 

40.5

%

Risk-free rate

 

0.5

%

 

2.0

%

Dividend rate

 

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock option awards granted was $0.05 and $0.35 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

Number of
Shares under
Option Plan

 

Weighted-Average Exercise
Price per
Option

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

2,749,298

 

 

$

0.87

 

9.0

Granted

 

2,064,603

 

 

 

0.64

 

9.3

Exercised

 

(100,059

)

 

 

0.81

   

Forfeited and expired

 

(501,985

)

 

 

0.83

   

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

 

4,211,857

 

 

$

0.76

 

8.6

Exercisable at December 31, 2020

 

2,374,630

 

 

$

0.78

 

8.5

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2020

 

4,211,857

 

 

$

0.76

 

8.6

The options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2020 had an intrinsic value of $211,019 and during the year ended December 31, 2019 had no intrinsic value. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of December 31, 2020 were $9,438,695 and $5,270,372, respectively. At December 31, 2020, future stock-based compensation for options granted and outstanding of $710,852 will be recognized over a remaining weighted-average requisite service period of 1.0 years.

F-22

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases its office facilities in San Francisco, California under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through February 2025. In addition, the Company’s subsidiary has several operating lease agreements for office space in Bangladesh, which expire at various dates through December 2028. The Bangladesh lease agreements allow for early cancellation without penalty upon providing the landlord advance notice of at least six months. Under the terms of the operating lease agreements, the Company is responsible for certain insurance and maintenance expenses. Certain of the lease agreements contain scheduled rent increases and provide for rent-free months over the term of the leases. The related rent expense for the leases is calculated on a straight-line basis with the difference between rent expense and scheduled rent payments recorded as deferred rent. Rent expense was $640,103 and $928,110 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

Years ending December 31:

 

 

 

2021

 

$

340,325

2022

 

 

848,602

2023

 

 

874,060

2024

 

 

900,281

2025

 

 

150,779

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

$

3,114,047

Legal

In the normal course of business, the Company may receive inquiries or become involved in legal disputes regarding various litigation matters. In the opinion of management, any potential liabilities resulting from such claims would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. As a result, no liability related to such claims has been recorded at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Indemnification Agreements

From time to time, in the normal course of business, the Company may indemnify other parties when it enters into contractual relationships, including members of the Board of Directors, employees, customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company. The Company may agree to hold other parties harmless against specific losses, such as those that could arise from a breach of representation, covenant or third-party infringement claims. It may not be possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under such indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim and indemnification provision. Management believes any liability arising from these agreements will not be material to the consolidated financial statements. As a result, no liability for these agreements has been recorded at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

11. Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for years in which differences are expected to reverse.

F-23

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

11. Income Taxes (cont.)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets for federal income taxes consisted of the following:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

29,316,923

 

 

$

25,485,398

 

Fixed assets

 

 

814,111

 

 

 

809,015

 

Accruals and other

 

 

247,802

 

 

 

568,119

 

Research & development credits

 

 

448,334

 

 

 

267,325

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

24,036

 

 

 

13,661

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(30,851,206

)

 

 

(27,143,518

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

 

 

$

 

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management must determine that there will be sufficient taxable income to allow for the realization of deferred tax assets. Based upon the historical and anticipated future losses, management has determined that the deferred tax assets do not meet the more likely than not threshold for realizability. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The valuation allowance increased by $3,707,688 and $4,691,880 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company does not have unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020 or 2019. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

The Company had net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL”) for federal and state income tax purposes at December 31, 2020 and 2019 of approximately:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Combined NOL Carryforwards:

 

 

   

 

 

Federal

 

$

117,684,551

 

$

103,460,873

State

 

$

68,800,720

 

$

54,408,623

The net operating loss carryforwards generated prior to 2018 begin expiring in 2033 for federal and 2030 for state income tax purposes. Federal and many state net operating losses generated in 2018 and into the future now have an indefinite life.

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Combined Credit Carryforwards:

 

 

   

 

 

Federal

 

$

259,521

 

$

147,597

State

 

$

239,004

 

$

151,555

The credit carryforwards begin expiring in 2038 for federal tax purposes. The company’s state credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

The NOL and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. NOL and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders over a three year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to

F-24

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

11. Income Taxes (cont.)

offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. To date, the Company has not performed an analysis to determine whether or not ownership changes have occurred since inception.

A reconciliation of income tax benefit at the statutory federal income tax rate and income taxes as reflected in the consolidated financial statements is as follows:

 

December 31,

   

2020

 

2019

Rate reconciliation:

   

 

   

 

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

 

(21.0

)%

 

(21.0

)%

State tax, net of federal benefit

 

(4.3

)%

 

(5.2

)%

Permanent differences

 

3.9

%

 

2.4

%

Research & development credits

 

(1.2

)%

 

(1.1

)%

Foreign rate differential

 

(0.6

)%

 

(0.5

)%

Other difference

 

(0.6

)%

 

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

23.8

%

 

25.4

%

Tax provision

 

%

 

%

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s 2017 to 2019 tax years remain open and subject to examination; carryforward amounts from all tax years remain subject to adjustment.

12. Related Party Transactions

Operating Leases

In 2015, the Bangladesh subsidiary entered into agreements to rent office facilities under 10-year operating lease agreements (Note 10), with a company owned by relatives of the Company’s Director and Chief Strategy Officer. The Company paid $285,204 and $287,638 to the related party during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which is included as rent expense. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no amounts owed to the related party.

Convertible Promissory Notes and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

As discussed in Note 7 and Note 8, the convertible promissory notes and Series B were issued to certain existing shareholders. Additionally, those same shareholders participated in the private placement offering as described in Note 8 by purchasing an aggregate of 6,336,666 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $3.00 per share.

13. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan to provide defined contribution retirement benefits for all eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan, subject to the limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s contributions to the plan are at the discretion of the Board of Directors. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company made contributions of $81,673 and $68,914, respectively, to the plan.

F-25

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Subsequent Events

Listing on the OTCQX Market

On March 29, 2021, shares of the Company’s common stock were approved for trading on the OTCQX Best Market under the symbol “AUGX.”

Loan and Security Agreement

On March 25, 2021, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Eastward Fund Management, LLC, as the lender (“Lender”) to establish a loan facility which provides for borrowings in the aggregate principal amount of up to $17.0 million which are available to be drawn in two tranches. The first tranche of $15.0 million will be funded within five business days of the date of the Loan Agreement. The second tranche of $2.0 million is available, at the Company’s request, between October 30, 2021 and November 30, 2021, provided the Company achieves certain revenue and EBITDA thresholds. The Company is required to pay only interest during the first eighteen months after funding of the tranche and thereafter, the Company shall repay such loan amount in thirty consecutive monthly installments of principal plus accrued interest. The loan facility bears an annual interest rate of the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, subject to a floor 3.25%, plus 8.75%. On the final repayment date, Company is also obligated to pay a final payment fee equal to seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the amount of the applicable advance. Outstanding borrowings under the Loan Agreement are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the personal property assets of the Company, including the Company’s intellectual property.

Proceeds from the Loan Agreement were used to pay off the note payable and subordinated note payable (Note 7). Issuance costs associated with the Loan Agreements are estimated at $0.2 million.

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued the Lender warrants to purchase up to 346,500 shares (increasing to 392,700 shares upon funding of the second tranche) shares of common stock that were immediately vested with an exercise price of $3.00 per share and a term of the earlier of (i) March 24, 2031 and (ii) the third anniversary of the Company’s listing on Nasdaq. The Warrant also provides that any shares issued pursuant to the Warrant are entitled to the registration rights afforded to holders of the Company’s stock, all as set forth in those certain outstanding Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 5, 2020.

The Company and Lender also entered into a Co-Investment Agreement, which grants to the Lender and its affiliates a right to purchase in the Company’s future private equity financings up to a total $3,000,000 (if the Company only draws the first tranche) or $3,400,000 (if the Company draws the second tranche) at the same per share purchase price and terms as other investors in such private equity financings.

Stock Option Grants

In January and March 2021, the Company granted 540,126 and 1,843,489 stock options, respectively, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.00.

F-26

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

As of
June 30,
2021

 

As of
December 31,
2020

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

16,353

 

 

$

20,762

 

Restricted cash

 

 

125

 

 

 

2,211

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10 at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

 

3,775

 

 

 

2,693

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,457

 

 

 

1,104

 

Total current assets

 

 

21,710

 

 

 

26,770

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

964

 

 

 

992

 

Restricted cash, non-current

 

 

207

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

69

 

 

 

173

 

Total assets

 

$

22,950

 

 

$

27,935

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable, current portion

 

$

 

 

$

2,894

 

Subordinated note payable, current portion

 

 

 

 

 

3,719

 

Accounts payable

 

 

1,221

 

 

 

259

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

2,826

 

 

 

3,109

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

5,885

 

 

 

5,439

 

Customer deposits

 

 

747

 

 

 

1,053

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

10,679

 

 

 

16,473

 

Note payable, net of current portion

 

 

2,180

 

 

 

2,180

 

Subordinated note payable, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

 

6,158

 

Loan payable

 

 

14,529

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent, net of current portion

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

27,642

 

 

 

24,811

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 27,110,934 and 26,859,850 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

88,773

 

 

 

87,051

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(93,419

)

 

 

(83,878

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(52

)

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

 

(4,692

)

 

 

3,124

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

 

$

22,950

 

 

$

27,935

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-27

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(unaudited)

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2021

 

2020

 

2021

 

2020

Revenues

 

$

5,173

 

 

$

3,725

 

 

$

9,963

 

 

$

7,695

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

2,761

 

 

 

2,195

 

 

 

5,426

 

 

 

4,785

 

Gross profit

 

 

2,412

 

 

 

1,530

 

 

 

4,537

 

 

 

2,910

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,220

 

 

 

2,276

 

 

 

6,749

 

 

 

5,144

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

1,728

 

 

 

819

 

 

 

3,302

 

 

 

2,058

 

Research and development

 

 

1,499

 

 

 

985

 

 

 

2,925

 

 

 

2,476

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

6,447

 

 

 

4,080

 

 

 

12,976

 

 

 

9,678

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(4,035

)

 

 

(2,550

)

 

 

(8,439

)

 

 

(6,768

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(605

)

 

 

(439

)

 

 

(1,296

)

 

 

(795

)

Interest income

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

Other income (expenses)

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

(137

)

Total other income (expenses), net

 

 

(602

)

 

 

(409

)

 

 

(1,102

)

 

 

(929

)

Net loss

 

$

(4,637

)

 

$

(2,959

)

 

$

(9,541

)

 

$

(7,697

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation adjustment

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

(12

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(4,638

)

 

$

(2,970

)

 

$

(9,538

)

 

$

(7,709

)

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.17

)

 

$

(3.54

)

 

$

(0.35

)

 

$

(9.21

)

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

27,020,437

 

 

 

835,429

 

 

 

26,941,215

 

 

 

835,313

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-28

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and
Changes in Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
(unaudited)

     

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

   


Convertible
Preferred Stock

 



Common Stock

 

Additional Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity

(in thousands, except share data)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance at January 1, 2021

 

 

$

 

26,859,850

 

$

3

 

$

87,051

 

$

(83,878

)

 

$

(52

)

 

$

3,124

 

Issuance of common stock
warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

395

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with exercise of warrants

 

 

 

 

4,208

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Stock-based compensation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,904

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,904

)

Balance at March 31, 2021

 

 

$

 

26,864,058

 

$

3

 

$

87,834

 

$

(88,782

)

 

$

(48

)

 

$

(993

)

Issuance of common stock to service provider

 

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

600

 

Exercise of common stock
options

 

 

 

 

126,876

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

Stock-based compensation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

239

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,637

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,637

)

Balance at June 30, 2021

 

 

$

 

27,110,934

 

$

3

 

$

88,773

 

$

(93,419

)

 

$

(49

)

 

$

(4,692

)

     

Stockholders’ Deficit

   


Convertible
Preferred Stock

 



Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance at January 1, 2020

 

14,639,043

 

$

53,882

 

833,505

 

$

 

$

3,174

 

$

(68,274

)

 

$

(41

)

 

$

(65,141

)

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

173,752

 

 

401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of common stock
options

 

 

 

 

1,924

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Stock-based compensation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,738

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,738

)

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

14,812,795

 

$

54,283

 

835,429

 

$

 

$

3,273

 

$

(73,012

)

 

$

(42

)

 

$

(69,781

)

Stock-based compensation
expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

295

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(11

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,959

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,959

)

Balance at June 30, 2020

 

14,812,795

 

$

54,283

 

835,429

 

$

 

$

3,568

 

$

(75,971

)

 

$

(53

)

 

$

(72,456

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-29

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(unaudited)

 

Six months ended June 30,

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(9,541

)

 

$

(7,697

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

367

 

 

 

432

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

623

 

 

 

392

 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

190

 

 

 

164

 

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

Non-cash portion of loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

161

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

 

233

 

 

 

(104

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(1,082

)

 

 

(613

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

351

 

 

 

(98

)

Accounts payable

 

 

635

 

 

 

(131

)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

(236

)

 

 

(475

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

446

 

 

 

(608

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(7,853

)

 

 

(8,552

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(315

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(318

)

 

 

(315

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from loan

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

Payment to unaccredited investors of Augmedix Operating Corporation

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

Repayment of notes payable

 

 

(12,966

)

 

 

 

Proceeds of notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

2,180

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

Payment of financing costs

 

 

(232

)

 

 

(4

)

Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

100

 

 

 

2

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,884

 

 

 

2,678

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

Net decrease in cash and restricted cash

 

 

(6,288

)

 

 

(6,192

)

Cash and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

22,973

 

 

 

11,603

 

Cash and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

16,685

 

 

$

5,411

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

 

$

830

 

 

$

708

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of warrants issued in connection with loan

 

$

395

 

 

$

 

Fair value of common stock issued to service provider

 

$

600

 

 

$

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment in accounts payable

 

$

21

 

 

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

F-30

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Nature of Business

Augmedix, Inc. (the “Company” or “Augmedix”) (formerly known as Malo Holdings Corporation) provides software compatible with off-the-shelf, mobile client devices (smartphones or Google Glass) that enables clinicians to communicate with our service platform that is overseen by remotely located medical documentation specialists (each an “MDS”, and collectively “MDS”). The Company’s MDSs observe the clinician-patient interaction, through an audio/video stream, and extract the relevant elements of that interaction. Those elements are then used by Augmedix’s proprietary Notebuilder tool to automatically create sentences in the appropriate section of the medical note. Once completed, the medical notes are then uploaded into the patient’s chart contained within the electronic health record (“EHR”) system. The EHR system is third-party software licensed by the healthcare clinic or system to manage patient charts.

Malo Holdings Corporation Merger

On October 5, 2020 (the “Effective Time”), pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated October 5, 2020 (“Merger Agreement”) among the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, August Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Acquisition Sub”) and Augmedix Operating Corporation (“Private Augmedix”), a privately held Delaware corporation, Acquisition Sub merged with and into Private Augmedix, with Private Augmedix continuing as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”). Following the Merger, Private Augmedix became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Private Augmedix was incorporated in the state of Delaware in April 2013 and is headquartered in San Francisco, California. Private Augmedix has two wholly owned subsidiaries, Augmedix BD Limited, established in February 2015, and Augmedix Solutions Pvt. Ltd., established in February 2019, which are entities formed in Bangladesh and India, respectively.

Liquidity and Going Concern

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), the Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are issued.

The Company has incurred recurring losses since its inception, including net losses of $4.6 million and $3.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $9.5 million and $7.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $93.4 million. The Company has relied on debt and equity financing to fund operations to date and management expects losses and negative cash flows to continue, primarily as a result of continued research, development and marketing efforts. The Company believes its cash and restricted cash will provide sufficient resources to meet working capital needs for over twelve months from the filing date of the June 30, 2021 Form 10-Q. Over the longer term, if the Company does not generate sufficient revenue from new and existing products, additional debt or equity financing may be required along with a reduction in expenditures. Additionally, there is no assurance if the Company requires additional future financing, that such financing will be available on terms which are acceptable to the Company, or at all.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to a number of risks associated with companies at a similar stage, including dependence on key individuals, competition from similar products and larger companies, volatility of the industry, ability to obtain adequate financing to support growth, the ability to attract and retain additional qualified personnel to manage the anticipated growth of the Company, and general economic conditions.

F-31

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Nature of Business (cont.)

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) was reported and in March 2020, the World Health Organization characterized COVID-19 as a global pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has forced international, federal, state, and local governments to enforce prohibitions of non-essential activities. The Company first saw the impact of COVID-19 in the first quarter of 2020. The extent and duration of the adverse impact of COVID-19 on the Company over the longer term remain uncertain and dependent on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of COVID-19, the extent and effectiveness of containment actions taken, including mobility restrictions, the timing, availability, and effectiveness of vaccines, and the impact of these and other factors on travel behavior in general and on the Company’s business. As a result, the Company took a number of actions in 2020 in response to adverse impacts on its consolidated operating results, and financial condition.

As the impact of COVID-19 continues to evolve, estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty and therefore require increased judgment. These estimates and assumptions may change in future periods and will be recognized in the consolidated financial statements as new events occur and additional information becomes known. To the extent the Company’s actual results differ materially from those estimates and assumptions, the Company’s future consolidated financial statements could be affected.

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and as amended by Accounting Standard Updates (“ASUs”) of the FASB. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Augmedix, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Augmedix Operating Corporation, Augmedix Bangladesh Limited and Augmedix Solutions Private Limited. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments (which consist primarily of accruals, estimates and assumptions that impact the financial statements) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2021 and its results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2021. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, presented herein, do not contain the required disclosures under GAAP for annual consolidated financial statements. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 has been derived from the audited consolidated balance sheet as of that date. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual audited consolidated financial statements and related notes as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on June 30, 2021.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, and reported amounts of revenue and

F-32

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s significant estimates and judgments involve the identification of performance obligations in revenue recognition and the valuation of the warrant liability and stock-based compensation, including the underlying fair value of the preferred and common stock. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one segment.

Foreign Currency Transactions, Translations and Foreign Operations

The functional currency of the Bangladesh and India subsidiaries are the Bangladeshi Taka and Indian Rupee, respectively. All assets and liabilities denominated in each entity’s functional currency are translated into the U.S. dollar using the exchange rate in effect as of the balance sheet dates. Expenses are translated using the weighted average exchange rate for the reporting period. The resulting translation gains and losses are recorded within the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and as a separate component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded within other income (expense) in the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Transaction gains and losses were not material for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

Operations outside the United States are subject to risks inherent in operating under different legal systems and various political and economic environments. Among the risks are changes in existing tax laws, possible limitations on foreign investment and income repatriation, government price or foreign exchange controls, and restrictions on currency exchange.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers

Financial instruments at June 30, 2021 and 2020 that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash is deposited with major financial institutions in the United States, Bangladesh and India. At times, deposits in financial institutions located in the United States may be in excess of the amount of insurance provided on such deposits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Cash deposits at foreign financial institutions are not insured by government agencies of Bangladesh and India. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on its cash deposits.

The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned from customers located in the United States. Major customers are defined as those generating revenue in excess of 10% of the Company’s annual revenue. The Company had three major customers during the three and six months ended June 30, 2021. Revenues from these major customers accounted for 24%, 23% and 11% of revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 26%, 22% and 11% of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Accounts receivable from these customers totaled $0.1 million, $1.1 million, and $0.3 million at June 30, 2021. The Company had two major customers during the three and six months ended June 30, 2020. Revenues from these major customers accounted for 28% and 18% of revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2020 and 27% and 19% of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Accounts receivable from these customers totaled $0.8 million and $0.6 million at June 30, 2020.

F-33

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents amounts held on deposit at a commercial bank used to secure the Company’s credit card facility balances and to collateralize a letter of credit in the name of the Company’s landlord pursuant to a certain operating lease. The following table provides a reconciliation of the components of cash and restricted cash reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets to the total of the amount presented in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

June 30,

(in thousands)

 

2021
(unaudited)

 

2020
(unaudited)

Cash

 

$

16,353

 

$

3,411

Restricted cash

 

 

125

 

 

2,000

Restricted cash, non-current

 

 

207

 

 

Total cash and restricted cash presented in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

 

$

16,685

 

$

5,411

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets, less costs to sell. The Company did not record any expense related to asset impairment in 2021 or 2020.

Revenue Recognition

ASC Topic 606 outlines a single comprehensive model to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The core principle, involving a five-step process, of the revenue model is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

The Company derives its revenue through a recurring subscription model. The Company enters into contracts or agreements with its customers with a general initial term of one year. Customers are invoiced in advance and must generally pay an upfront implementation fee. The upfront implementation fee is deferred and recognized over the initial term of the contract and customer prepayments are deferred and included in the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheets in deferred revenues. Revenues are recognized when the professional services are provided to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services. The Company’s revenues are earned from customers located only in the United States. After the initial term, contracts are cancellable by the customer at their discretion with a 90 day notice.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

• Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

• Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

• Determination of the transaction price;

• Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

• Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

F-34

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Except for two U.S. state sales tax jurisdictions, applicable taxes, including local, sales, value added tax, etc., are the responsibility of the customer to self-assess and remit to proper tax authorities. Revenue is recognized net of any sales taxes.

The Company also generates revenue from data service projects, which includes projects to complete certain tasks or provide other services to customers. These services represent separate performance obligations which are recognized as revenue as the services are performed.

Contract Balances and Accounts Receivable

Changes in the contract liability deferred revenue account were as follows for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020:

(in thousands)

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,
2021
(unaudited)

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
(unaudited)

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

5,439

 

 

$

5,510

 

Deferral of revenue

 

 

10,409

 

 

 

16,412

 

Recognition of unearned revenue

 

 

(9,963

)

 

 

(16,483

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

5,885

 

 

$

5,439

 

Accounts receivable, net from customers was $3.8 million and $2.7 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognized for the Company’s services, as described above, and is recognized as revenue as earned. As of June 30, 2021, the Company expects to recognize $5.9 million from remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock options awarded to employees and nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. The fair value of each option award is estimated using either a Black-Scholes option-pricing model or a Monte Carlo simulation, to the extent market conditions exist. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock options as they occur.

Estimating the fair market value of options requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock prior to the Merger (Note 1), the expected life of the options, stock price volatility, the risk-free interest rate, expected dividends, and the probability of satisfying the market condition for market-condition based awards. The assumptions used in the valuation models represent management’s best estimates and involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, as they are inherently subjective.

Advertising Costs

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in sales and marketing expenses. In April 2021, the Company issued 120,000 shares of common stock with a fair value of $0.6 million to a service provider as payment for advertising services to be performed over a one-year period. As of June 30, 2021, the remaining unamortized advertising costs of $0.5 million is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Advertising expenses incurred by the Company were $0.2 million and $23,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $0.4 million and $47,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

F-35

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Basis of presentation and summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted net loss per common stock includes the effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as options and warrants which would result in the issuance of incremental common stock. In computing basic and diluted net loss per share, the weighted average number of shares is the same for both calculations due to the fact that a net loss existed for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

The following potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, as they would be anti-dilutive:

 

June 30,
2021
(unaudited)

 

June 30,
2020
(unaudited)

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

14,812,795

Convertible preferred stock warrants

 

 

2,767,836

Common stock warrants

 

3,333,791

 

5,585

Stock options

 

6,365,965

 

4,465,548

   

9,699,756

 

22,051,764

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASC Topic 842, Leases, (“Topic 842”). This standard requires all entities that lease assets with terms of more than 12 months to capitalize the assets and related liabilities on the balance sheet. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, which amended the effective date of Topic 842 until January 1, 2022. Upon adoption, the standard requires the use of a modified retrospective transition approach for its adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the effect Topic 842 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Management expects the assets leased under operating leases, similar to the leases disclosed in Note 10 to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements, will be capitalized together with the related lease obligations on the condensed consolidated balance sheet upon the adoption of Topic 842.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU Update No. 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. The goal of the ASU is to simplify the complexity associated with applying GAAP for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. More specifically, the amendments focus on the guidance for convertible instruments and derivative scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 , including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption to the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, which requires financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not intend on early adopting, but is currently evaluating the impact of this standard but does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

F-36

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Malo Holdings Corporation Merger

As described in Note 1, Private Augmedix merged with the Malo Holdings Corporation (“Malo”) in October 2020. The Merger was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization with Private Augmedix as the accounting acquirer. This determination was primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the Merger, Private Augmedix stockholders have a majority of the voting power of the combined company, Private Augmedix comprises all of the ongoing operations of the combined entity, and Private Augmedix’s senior management comprises all of the senior management of the combined company. The primary pre-combination asset of Malo was cash. Under reverse recapitalization accounting, the assets and liabilities of Malo were recorded at their historical cost and no goodwill or intangible assets were recognized.

As part of the reverse recapitalization, the Company obtained approximately $4,000 of cash and assumed payables and accruals of approximately $56,000, of which $50,000 was paid at closing. Additionally, transaction costs of approximately $0.8 million consisting of legal, accounting, financial advisory and other professional fees were incurred and included in accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2020.

4. Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, and customer deposits approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. As of June 30, 2021, the fair value of the Company’s loan payable and the PPP Loan was $16.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, the carrying value of the Company loan payable and the PPP Loan was $14.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The estimated fair value for the Company’s loan payable and PPP Loan was based on discounted expected future cash flows using prevailing interest rates which are Level 3 inputs under the fair value hierarchy.

5. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

(in thousands)

 

June 30,
2021
(unaudited)

 

December 31, 2020
(unaudited)

Computer hardware, software and equipment

 

$

5,893

 

 

$

5,557

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

2,184

 

 

 

2,186

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

272

 

 

 

271

 

   

 

8,349

 

 

 

8,014

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(7,385

)

 

 

(7,022

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

964

 

 

$

992

 

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $0.2 million during each of the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and $0.4 million during each of the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

F-37

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

6. Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following:

(in thousands)

 

June 30,
2021
(unaudited)

 

December 31,
2020
(unaudited)

Accrued compensation

 

$

1,556

 

$

1,711

Accrued other

 

 

466

 

 

612

Accrued vendor partner liabilities

 

 

627

 

 

559

Deferred rent

 

 

 

 

21

Accrued professional fees

 

 

125

 

 

151

Accrued VAT and other taxes

 

 

52

 

 

55

   

$

2,826

 

$

3,109

7. Debt

Note Payable

In June 2015, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement, as amended, (“Agreement”) with a commercial bank. The Agreement allowed for borrowings of up to $3.5 million. Outstanding borrowings under the Agreement bore interest at the prime rate of interest plus 0.5%, or 3.62% at December 31, 2020. This note payable was paid in full in March 2021 with the proceeds from the Loan Agreement and the restriction on the Company’s cash was lifted. Prior to repayment, the Company was required to maintain at least $2.0 million in an account with and under the control of the commercial bank, that reduced in line with the loan balance once the loan balance declined below $2.0 million. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance due on the note payable was $2.9 million.

Outstanding borrowings under the Agreement were secured by substantially all assets of the Company, and the Company was required to maintain certain financial and non-financial covenants. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2020.

In October 2018, in connection with the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock (Note 8), the Company cancelled warrants previously issued to the commercial bank and issued in its place warrants to purchase 234 and 91 shares of common stock. The warrants have an exercise price of $96.24 per share and $106.17 per share, are immediately exercisable and expire in June 2025 and July 2027, respectively.

Subordinated Note Payable

In May 2017, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement, as amended, (“Sub Agreement”) with a lending institution for borrowings of up to $10.0 million. Outstanding borrowings under the Sub Agreement bore interest at the rate of 12% per year. Pursuant to the Sub Agreement, a final payment of $0.7 million was payable at the maturity date in April 2023. The Company recorded the final payment as both a discount and an increase to the principal amount of the debt. The Company also capitalized certain lender and legal costs associated with the Sub Agreement totaling $0.3 million, which were recorded as a discount to the Sub Agreement. The aggregate discount of $1.2 million was being amortized to interest expense over the repayment term of the Sub Agreement. At December 31, 2020, the remaining unamortized discount was $0.2 million. The Company amortized $34,000 and $36,000 of the discount to interest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Borrowings under the Sub Agreement were paid in full in March 2021 with the proceeds from the Loan Agreement. As a result, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment within interest expense totaling $0.2 million, which includes writing off the remaining unamortized debt discount of $0.2 million plus lender fees paid to extinguish the debt.

F-38

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (cont.)

Outstanding borrowings under the Sub Agreement were collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company and were subordinate to any outstanding borrowings under the Agreement. Borrowings under the Sub Agreement were subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2020.

Paycheck Protection Program (PPP Loan)

On April 11, 2020, the Company entered into an original loan agreement with East West Bank as the lender for a loan in an aggregate principal amount of $2.2 million (“PPP Loan”) pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) and implemented by the U.S. Small Business Administration. The PPP Loan matures in two years and bears interest at a rate of 1% per year, with all payments deferred through the six-month anniversary of the date of the PPP Loan. Principal plus accrued unpaid interest is to be paid in one payment two years after the date of this note and may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to maturity without penalty. The Company may apply for forgiveness of amounts due under the PPP Loan, with the amount of potential loan forgiveness to be calculated in accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act based on payroll costs, any mortgage interest payments, any covered rent payments and any covered utilities payments during the 8-24 week period after the origination date of the Loan. The Company used proceeds of the Loan for payroll and other qualifying expenses. As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding balance on the PPP Loan was $2.2 million and has been classified as a long-term liability in notes payable in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.

On November 19, 2020, the Company applied for forgiveness of the full principal amount. On August 9, 2021, the Company received notification that the full amount of the PPP Loan and accrued interest was forgiven.

Loan and Security Agreement

On March 25, 2021, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Eastward Fund Management, LLC, as the lender (“Lender”) to establish a loan facility which provides for borrowings in the aggregate principal amount of up to $17.0 million, which are available to be drawn in two tranches. The first tranche of $15.0 million was funded on March 31, 2021. The second tranche of $2.0 million is available, at the Company’s request, between October 30, 2021 and November 30, 2021, provided the Company achieves at least $6,000,000 in revenue and a maximum EBITDA loss of $4,800,000 in each case for the third fiscal quarter of 2021. Outstanding borrowings under the Loan Agreement are secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the personal property assets of the Company, including the Company’s intellectual property. The Company is required to pay only interest during the first 18 months after funding of the tranche and thereafter, the Company shall repay such loan amount in 30 consecutive equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued interest. The loan facility bears an annual interest rate of the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, subject to a floor 3.25%, plus 8.75%. On the final repayment date, Company is also obligated to pay a final payment fee equal to seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the amount of the applicable advance.

As of June 30, 2021, the outstanding balance on the loan has been classified as a long-term liability in the loan payable in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.

F-39

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Debt (cont.)

At June 30, 2021, the future minimum payments required under the Loan Agreement, including the final payment, are as follows as of (in thousands):

(in thousands)

   

2021 (remaining six months)

 

$

 

2022

 

 

1,500

 

2023

 

 

6,000

 

2024

 

 

6,000

 

2025

 

 

1,500

 

   

 

15,000

 

End of term charge

 

 

1,125

 

   

 

16,125

 

Less unamortized debt discount

 

 

(1,596

)

Loan Agreement borrowing net of discount

 

 

14,529

 

Less current portion

 

 

 

Loan Agreement borrowings, non-current portion

 

$

14,529

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued the Lender warrants with a fair value of $0.4 million, which was recorded as a discount to the loan, to purchase up to 346,500 shares (increasing to 392,700 shares upon funding of the second tranche) of common stock that were immediately vested upon funding with an exercise price of $3.00 per share and a term of the earlier of i) March 24, 2031 and ii) the third anniversary of the Company’s listing on Nasdaq. The warrants also provide that any shares issued pursuant to the warrants are entitled to the registration rights afforded to holders of the Company’s stock, all as set forth in those certain outstanding Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 5, 2020.

The Company recorded the final payment of $1.1 million as both a discount and an increase to the principal amount of the debt. The Company also capitalized certain lender and legal costs associated with the Loan Agreement totaling $0.2 million, which were recorded as a discount to the loan. The aggregate discount of $1.8 million is being amortized to interest expense over the repayment term of the Loan and Security Agreement. The Company amortized $0.1 million and $0.2 million of the discount to interest expense during the three months and six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. At June 30, 2021, the remaining unamortized discount was $1.6 million.

The Company and Lender also entered into a Co-Investment Agreement, which grants to the Lender and its affiliates a right to purchase in the Company’s future private equity financings up to a total $3.0 million (if the Company only draws the first tranche) or $3.4 million (if the Company draws the second tranche) at the same per share purchase price and terms as other investors in such private equity financings.

8. Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Subject to preferences that may apply to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that the Company’s board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for that purpose on a non-cumulative basis. No dividends had been declared through June 30, 2021.

In connection with the Merger, as discussed in Note 1, the Company issued 2,166,667 shares of common stock to the former shareholders of Malo Holdings Corporation. The Company paid $0.6 million to several unaccredited investors of Private Augmedix in lieu of issuing shares. As of June 30, 2021, the Company accrued $7,000 for remaining payments to be made to unaccredited investors in lieu of issuing shares.

F-40

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock (cont.)

Common Stock Warrants

At June 30, 2021, the Company had the following warrants outstanding to acquire shares of its common stock:

Expiration Date

 

Shares of common stock issuance
upon

exercise of warrants

 

Exercise
Price Per Warrant

June 11, 2025

 

234

 

$

96.24

November 13, 2025

 

218,078

 

$

3.00

July 28, 2027

 

91

 

$

106.17

August 28, 2028

 

1,052

 

$

39.76

September 2, 2029

 

2,767,836

 

$

2.88

Earlier of March 24, 2031 and the third anniversary of the Company’s listing on Nasdaq

 

346,500

 

$

3.00

   

3,333,791

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The Company’s board of directors are authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series. As of June 30, 2021 there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2020, Private Augmedix raised $0.5 million in cash proceeds through issuance of 173,752 shares of Series B to certain existing shareholders and warrants to purchase up to 57,338 shares of Series B at a price of $2.88 per share, are immediately exercisable and expire in September 2029. The proceeds were first allocated to the warrant liability based on an initial fair value of $0.1 million with a corresponding amount recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount of the Series B. Private Augmedix incurred issuance costs of $4,000, which were recorded as a reduction of the proceeds.

In connection with the Merger, as discussed in Note 1, the Company issued 14,804,274 shares of its common stock to holders of convertible preferred stock of Private Augmedix. No convertible preferred securities were outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In August 2019, in connection with amending its Sub Agreement (Note 7), the Company issued a warrant to purchase 580,383 shares of Series B. In September and October 2019, in connection with the Series B financing and the conversion of convertible promissory notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,130,115 shares of Series B. In February 2020, in connection with the Series B financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 57,338 shares of Series B. The warrants were classified as liabilities and subject to re-remeasurement at each balance sheet date. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the warrants to purchase shares of Series B were converted to warrants to purchase 2,767,836 shares of common stock at a price of $2.88 per share, are immediately exercisable and expire in September 2029. Upon completing the exchange, the warrants were eligible for equity classification and no longer subject to re-measurement.

F-41

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Equity Incentive Plan

At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Company assumed Private Augmedix’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”). Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees and directors. NSOs, SARs and RSAs may be granted to employees, directors, advisors and consultants. The Board of Directors has the authority to determine to whom options will be granted, the number of options, the term, and the exercise price. No shares of restricted stock, no stock appreciation rights and no RSUs were granted under the 2013 Plan after August 31, 2020.

Pursuant to the Merger, the Company adopted the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (“2020 Plan”) which serves as successor to the 2013 Plan. The 2020 Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance awards, cash awards, and stock bonus awards. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control. Options issued may have a contractual life of up to 10 years and may be exercisable in cash or as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. Vesting generally occurs over a period of not greater than four years.

The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan will increase automatically on January 1, 2021 through 2030 by the number of shares equal to the lesser of 5% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding January 1, or a number as may be determined by the Board of Directors. As of June 30, 2021, 33,783 shares remained available for grant under the 2020 Plan. At the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders held on July 1, 2021, the Company’s stockholders approved of an amendment and restatement of the 2020 Plan which increased the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2020 Plan by 643,761 shares.

The Company recorded share-based compensation expense in the following expense categories in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020:

 

Three Months Ended
June 30,
(unaudited)

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,
(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

2020

 

2021

 

2020

General and administrative

 

$

174

 

$

219

 

$

391

 

$

290

Sales and marketing

 

 

16

 

 

38

 

 

57

 

 

52

Research and development

 

 

42

 

 

30

 

 

113

 

 

40

Cost of revenues

 

 

7

 

 

8

 

 

62

 

 

11

   

$

239

 

$

295

 

$

623

 

$

393

No income tax benefits have been recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements and no stock-based compensation costs have been capitalized as property and equipment through June 30, 2021.

The fair value of options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model which takes into account inputs such as the exercise price, the value of the underlying ordinary shares at the grant date, expected term, expected volatility, risk free interest rate and dividend yield. The fair value of each grant of options during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was determined using the methods and assumptions discussed below.

• The expected term of employee options is determined using the “simplified” method, as prescribed in SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107, whereby the expected life equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option due to the Company’s lack of sufficient historical data.

•        The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the publicly traded common stock of a peer group of companies.

F-42

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Equity Incentive Plan (cont.)

• The risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate payable on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the time of grant for a period that is commensurate with the assumed expected term.

• The expected dividend yield is none because the Company has not historically paid and does not expect for the foreseeable future to pay a dividend on its ordinary shares.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of options granted was estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,
(unaudited)

   

2021

 

2020

Expected term (in years)

 

5.8

 

 

5.7

 

Expected Volatility

 

54.5

%

 

43.0

%

Risk-free rate

 

0.8

%

 

0.6

%

Dividend rate

 

 

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock option awards granted was $1.50 and $0.11 during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plan for the six months ended June 30, 2021:

 

Number of
Shares
under
Option
Plan

 

Weighted- Average Exercise
Price per
Option

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

 

4,211,857

 

 

$

0.76

 

8.6

Granted

 

2,378,915

 

 

$

3.00

   

Exercised

 

(154,902

)

 

$

0.81

   

Forfeited and expired

 

(69,905

)

 

$

1.36

   

Outstanding at June 30, 2021

 

6,365,965

 

 

$

1.59

 

8.40

Exercisable at June 30, 2021

 

2,939,225

 

 

$

0.93

 

8.18

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2021

 

5,955,731

 

 

$

1.49

 

8.60

There were 126,876 options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2021. The options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2021 had an intrinsic value of $0.5 million. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable as of June 30, 2021 were $27.1 million and $14.5 million, respectively. At June 30, 2021, future stock-based compensation for options granted and outstanding of $2.3 million will be recognized over a remaining weighted-average requisite service period of 2.6 years.

Performance and Market-Based Options

In March 2021, the Company granted 727,922 stock options to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) under the 2020 Plan with an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The options vest based on the CEO’s continued service in addition to the following terms:

• 317,688 options vest in full when the closing price of the Company’s common stock reaches or exceeds $9.00 per share for a minimum of 20 consecutive trading days. These options expire on March 3, 2031.

F-43

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Equity Incentive Plan (cont.)

• 46,273 options vest in full when the closing price of the Company’s common stock reaches or exceeds $9.00 per share for 20 out of 30 trading days after the Company becomes listed on the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq. These options expire on March 22, 2026.

• 363,961 options vest in full when the closing price of the Company’s common stock reaches or exceeds $13.50 per share for 20 out of 30 trading days after the Company becomes listed on the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq. These options expire on March 22, 2026.

The grant date fair value of the options was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The Company’s assumptions for expected volatility, closing price and risk-free rate were 50.0%, $3.00 and 0.77%, respectively. The aggregate estimated fair value of the options was $0.4 million. The Company recognized $10,000 and $16,000 in share-based expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, there was $0.2 million of unrecognized compensation costs which the Company plans to recognize over a weighted average period of 2.5 years. Also, as of June 30, 2021 there is an additional $0.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost which the Company will begin to recognize when it becomes probable the Company will be listed on either the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases its office facilities in San Francisco, California under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through February 2025. In addition, the Company’s subsidiary has several operating lease agreements for office space in Bangladesh, which expire at various dates through December 2028. The Bangladesh lease agreements allow for early cancellation without penalty upon providing the landlord advance notice of at least six months. Under the terms of the operating lease agreements, the Company is responsible for certain insurance and maintenance expenses. Certain of the lease agreements contain scheduled rent increases and provide for rent-free months over the term of the leases. The related rent expense for the leases is calculated on a straight-line basis with the difference between rent expense and scheduled rent payments recorded as deferred rent. Rent expense was $0.1 million and $0.2 million during the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $0.3 million and $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

As of June 30, 2021, future minimum rental payments under all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

(in thousands)

   

2021 (remaining six months)

 

$

276

2022

 

 

849

2023

 

 

874

2024

 

 

900

2025

 

 

151

Total

 

$

3,050

Cloud Computing Services

In June 2021, the Company entered into a noncancellable three-year contract to obtain cloud computing services. The minimum contractual spend over the three-year term is $1.8 million. As of June 30, 2021, the services have not commenced.

F-44

Table of Contents

Augmedix, Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

Legal

In the normal course of business, the Company may receive inquiries or become involved in legal disputes regarding various litigation matters. In the opinion of management, any potential liabilities resulting from such claims would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated interim financial position or results of operations. As a result, no liability related to such claims has been recorded at June 30, 2021 or 2020, respectively.

Indemnification Agreements

From time to time, in the normal course of business, the Company may indemnify other parties when it enters into contractual relationships, including members of the Board of Directors, employees, customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company. The Company may agree to hold other parties harmless against specific losses, such as those that could arise from a breach of representation, covenant or third-party infringement claims. It may not be possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under such indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim and indemnification provision. Management believes any liability arising from these agreements will not be material to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. As a result, no liability for these agreements has been recorded at June 30, 2021 or 2020.

11. Related Party Transactions

Operating Leases

In 2015, the Bangladesh subsidiary entered into agreements to rent office facilities under 10-year operating lease agreements (Note 10), with a company owned by relatives of the Company’s Director and Chief Strategy Officer. The Company paid $0.1 million and $0.1 million to the related party during the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.1 million to the related party during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which is included as rent expense. At June 30, 2021 and 2020, the amounts owed to the related party were $7,000 and $0, respectively.

12. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a 401(k) plan to provide defined contribution retirement benefits for all eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their compensation to the 401(k) plan, subject to the limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s contributions to the 401(k) plan are at the discretion of the Board of Directors. During the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 the Company made contributions of $23,000 and $16,000, respectively, and $0.1 million and $46,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, to the 401(k) plan.

13. Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events occurring after June 30, 2021 through August 10, 2021, the date the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements were available to be issued.

Stock Option Grants

In July 2021, the Company granted 237,803 stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $4.50.

F-45

Table of Contents

10,000,000 Shares

Common Stock

__________________

Prospectus

October 25, 2021

__________________

William Blair

B. Riley FBR

     

Maxim Group LLC